Bhagya

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 3 Solutions Writing Exposition Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Writing Exposition

Expository Writing

Exposition is an orderly presentation of facts and ideas. It exposes or shows. All exposition is informative. In an exposition, you answer various questions that might be asked of an object, an event, or an idea – questions like these:
What is it?
What does it consist of?
What is it for?
How is it put together?
What good is it?
What does it mean?
What is the cause of it?
What will be the result of it?
There are several methods of writing an exposition of these, exposition by definition and exposition the rough analysis are the most important.

Activity 31

Develop paragraphs of your own, using the following plans. The given topic should form part of the opening sentence.
(a) Topic: There were several things I liked (disliked) about my high school.
Sentence 1: Topic sentence
Sentences 2, 3, 4, 5: The things I liked (disliked)
Sentence 6: Conclusion

(b) Topic: It is easier for someone to express himself in speech than in writing.

Answer:
(a) There were several things I liked in my high school. Firstly, we had good teachers who not only taught us well but were also very friendly with us. Secondly, we were never burdened with homework. Instead, we were asked to read what was taught in the class at home. Thirdly, there were a lot of extra-curricular activities which helped in developing our personality. Finally, we had an Old Boys Association which helped us keep in touch with our classmates and to know about the development of our school. Thus, my high school was really unique in many ways.

(b) Is it easier for someone to express himself in speech than in writing? Or is writing easier than speech? Linguists are divided in their views. Some say that speech is easier than writing because one learns to speak spontaneously without having to attend school. They also argue that speech takes less time to learn than writing. Others, however, dispute these views.

They contend that writing is easier than speech because it involves graphic images which the child can easily learn even before imitating speech. They also are of opinion that writing is accessible to speech-disadvantaged children and therefore, more universal. Thus, linguists are equally divided over the question of which is easier, speech or writing.

Activity 32

Write a paragraph on each of the following topics, using Chesterton’s model at page 39.
(a) Types of students
(b) Types of teachers
(c) Kinds of books we read
(d) Kinds of friends

Answer:
(a) Types of students :
Roughly speaking, there are three kinds of students in our college. The first may be called bookworms. They can always be seen pouring over books in the library when they travel by bus while having food and so on. This kind has no interest in games and most often they love to be indoors rather than play outside. The second sort may be called truants. These students take pleasure in not attending classes. They bunk college, go to films, play cricket and create a nuisance on the campus.

To them, we owe all the strikes and indiscipline in the college. The third kind is called Casanova’s. You can see them talking in hushed whispers with girls under a tree, in the corridors, accompanying them to the bus stop, or shadowing others who are not yet in their hold. The studies are secondary and they end up as unemployed youth who dream of their golden day in college.

(b) Types of teachers :
There are different types of teachers. Firstly, there are teachers who are dedicated to the core. They inspire their students to reach newer heights in the future. Their devotion to teaching is matchless. Secondly, there are teachers who just teach students for the sake of teaching. They are never serious about it. They lack dedication to their profession. Thirdly, there are those who pretend to be ideal teachers. They are dull. They always aim at earning money by paying lip service to their profession. These teachers bring disgrace to society.

(c) Kinds of books we read :
Books are of many types but they can be generally divided into good and bad. Good books are man’s most important teachers. They instruct and entertain, make men wise and ignorant, men of knowledge. Bad books, on the other hand, waste men’s time and introduce evil thoughts into their minds. They neither enlighten the mind nor broaden the imagination in the right direction. Thus good books ought always to be chosen over bad ones.

(d) Kinds of friends :
We have friends of several kinds. First, there is gossip. He can never keep our secrets and always lets us down by telling everything about us to others. Second, there is the coward. He is seldom able to stand on his own feet but that is not any danger. Keep him in the team for any enterprise and he’ll take off whenever he smells any danger to himself. Third, there is the flatterer. He always sings your praises and never tells you the truth. He is neither dependable nor trustworthy. He stays with one as long as he profits from his company and then he changes loyalty. Fourth, there is the slanderer.

This kind of friend feigns friendship but behind your back, he talks ill of you. Then there is the follower. This kind rarely takes his own initiative in doing anything for you. He’s a good supporter, a loyal disciple but you can’t hand him any responsibility and sit quietly. He needs nudging and guiding. There’s yet another kind called the parasite. He feeds on you, eats of you, borrows your notes, your money, your cycle, etc. He is always dependable. Finally, there is the one and only true friend. He is rare to find. But this is the kind of friend who is dependable, responsible, and trustworthy.

Activity 33

1. Write a paragraph ending with the sentence: “I’m afraid I didn’t like the film at all and wouldn’t recommend it to anyone.”
2. Write a short paragraph beginning with the sentence: “I had a very happy childhood.”
3. Write separate paragraphs from the point of view of the taxi driver and the truck driver, using the following outline. An accident between a truck and a taxi – an old man was killed – a buffalo was seriously injured – a policeman arrived on the scene – a doctor drove the dead body to the hospital.
4. Write a paragraph to be included in a letter to a pen-friend telling him/her how you celebrate Diwali.

Answer:
(1) Refugee is not worth watching. Its story is a stock one: Laila-Majnu, Romeo-Juliet like and perhaps borrowed from Daruwalla’s “Love in the Salt Desert.” There is no life in Abhishek Bacchan’s acting. As for action, there is not much that it has to boast off. Walking like a shepherd with a staff in his hand and a band around his head. Bacchan evokes pity rather than empathy, he does not inspire and he does not display much emotion, seems so wooden. Besides, photography, music, and choreography aren’t great either. In short, I’m afraid I didn’t like the film at all and wouldn’t recommend it to anyone.

(2) I had a very happy childhood. Father, Mother, Grandpa, and Grandma, all of us lived together. Every morning, Grandma would play with me and tell me tales. In the evening Grandpa would take me on walks and in the night I used to huddle in my mother’s lap and sleep. Those days were wonderful. It was all play and no work, no worries, no fears, only love. And every summer we went off to Puri to frolic in the sun and sand, I wasn’t afraid of the sea. Daddy put me on his shoulders and walked into the sea. The smell of the surf and the thundering of the waves excited me then as it excites me now. Truly I can never forget the joys of my childhood days.

(3) The Truck-driver’s point of view: It was almost noon as I carried a truckload of bricks to be delivered at the Institute of Physics. I was on N.H.5 and had already neared Acharya Vihar Square. I was to take a right turn at the square to get into the road leading to Sainik School. Traffic was thin and a buffalo was standing right in the turn and urinating. A taxi was coming from the Sainik School road. I put on the dippers indicating a left turn. I slowed down as I had to avoid the buffalo.

Suddenly, the taxi emerged, flashing its lights. I had already taken the turn while the taxi was speeding straight ahead. I applied the brakes but the vehicle did not halt because of the load. Instead, it careened past the taxi, hit an old man standing serenely and rammed into the ditch beside the N.H.5. My head hit the steering wheel and I became unconscious. When I woke up I was in the capital hospital. The Taxi driver’s point of view: I was returning from Sainik School after dropping a fare.

It was noon and I was supposed to pick up my little children from the convent school. I should have been there by 11.30 a.m. but it was already half an hour behind. Hence I was rushing with thoughts of my children waiting hungrily at school. As I was approaching Acharya Vihar Square, I saw a truck coming toward me. It was turning into the road. I was in a hurry. I did not want to wait till the truck had turned and so did not slow down my speed.

Instead, I flashed my headlights requesting priority of way but the adamant truck driver did not heed to my signal, it was turning. I applied the brakes but it was too late, I rammed into- a buffalo, swerved sharply to the right, grazed past the rear of the truck’s body, and then hit a telephone pole against which the car stopped. Fortunately, I escaped unhurt with only minor pain in my back. But then my problems were, not over. A policeman arrived from nowhere, accosted me, and asked me to get out of the car.

Meanwhile, people who were crowded around informed us that an old man had fallen down unconscious. There was a doctor among them and he suggested that we take him to the hospital. As the old man was brought to my taxi, the doctor noted that he had already died. However, I requested the doctor to keep quiet and immediately drove to the hospital with the dead body. I was lucky not to have been manhandled by people. But I must say it is all the truck driver’s fault. I did not kill the old man.

(4) Paragraph included in the letter

121, Kharavel Nagar,
Bhubaneswar
20 August 20

Dear Joseph,
Greeting from India!
I received your letter and your picture postcard at the same time. I will cherish the card for a long time to come. The picture of the Millennium Dome is crystal clear. It looks very beautiful. Well, you had written to me about how everyone in England celebrates Guy Fawkes day. You did have a lot of fun, really. I could see that from your letter. Do you know, here, back in India we too celebrate something similar to Guy Fawkes? There it commemorates the gunpowder plot but in India, we celebrate a festival called Diwali, the festival of lights.

It symbolizes the victory of good over evil, of light over darkness commemorating the victory of the forces of Shri Rama over the evil forces of Ravana. The festival falls every year in the month of October or November. On that day, we offer Puja to Shri Rama, distribute sweets among friends and neighbors and prepare for the night. We purchase crackers of all sorts and dry them in the sun. We also prepare wick lamps. The lamps and wicks are purchased from the market.

Then oil is poured into the lamps and the wick is set on it. These are then kept in a row on terraces, the boundary wall, on window sills, and everywhere where there is space to keep them. When night falls, these lamps are lit. There must be thousands and thousands of lamps lit in every house, in every street, town, city, district, and state. The house is thus lit like a Christmas tree. It looks beautiful and gay. After this starts the ceremony of lighting fire-crackers. Everyone, from a child to an old man enjoys lighting fire-crackers and bursting them.

This goes on till the last hours of the morning. Often, Diwali is celebrated for two days. Of course, one of these days is only declared a national holiday but then there is no holding back for persons who enjoy Diwali. They take leave and enjoy this festival. This reminds of Guy Fawkes day, isn’t it? Well, do write to me about how you celebrate Christmas. I am eager to hear from you.

With warm regards.
Your loving friend,
Subrat Das.

Activity 34

Do you have friends whose mothers are working? What problems do they have? Put these problems in the blanks in the list ‘
1. Getting pampered
2. Bad company
3. Neglecting studies
4. Aggressive attitude
5. Too much TV
6. Psychological problems.
7. Widening communication gap
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Answer:
They have a widening communication gap.
They have psychological problems.
They are getting pampered.
They neglect studies.
They have bad company.

The list below contains some advantages that children of working mothers enjoy.
Now think of other advantages and add them to the list. Are these advantages real? If not, why?
1. Complete freedom
2. No nagging for homework
3. Enjoy yourself freely
4. Have full privacy
5. Gain in confidence
6. Be more, independent
7. Do what you like
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Answer:
These advantages are not real, because, without the mother’s presence at this stage, the children never feel the importance of their formative years which shape their future in a great measure.
They develop adaptability. 
They develop a sort of creativity.
They are free from worries.

Now write a passage of 2 or 3 paragraphs on ‘ Working mothers and their children
2. Dear ………………..,
My mother started working seven years ago. My first problem is that I have to keep ringing her up to find things in the house. Second, living with a ten-year-old sister is not as easy as it seems. My younger sister is supposed to take permission from me, but most of the time she doesn’t listen to me. Then I get angry and she rings up my mom who scolds me. Third, I don’t really have much freedom because I have to call my mother to take her permission. She has placed so many restrictions on me that I feel caged in. Fourth, Let me confess that at home I listen to music, watch TV and spend a lot of time with my friends, neglecting my studies. Besides, although my parents never pamper me, they always pamper my sister, my be because she is much younger. Very often I feel neglected when they do that. Lastly, I really wish that my mother or father were at home, especially some months before the boards.
3. Dear…………………,
I think it’s the best way. I don’t think I’d like to see more of my parents at home. I like my free time. At home I read, listen to music, fiddle around with the computer, play badminton and tennis, and even I have started writing because I don’t have any other entertainment. The other definite plus is that 1 get my own privacy, and I have also become more independent, in fact, when my maternal or paternal grandparents come over, then I feel closed in somehow. Since I do my own things, I am pretty confident about everything. But having someone at home is obviously a big advantage. I can never tell myself to study. I often wish my mother were at home to tell me
and help me. Worst of all, 1 waste a lot of my time worrying about security and about meals.

Answer:
Passage 3 throws light on the impact of a working mother on her child. Here the latter likes to be away from its parents. At home, the child enjoys reading, listening to music, playing badminton and tennis, and so on. Lack of any other entertainment makes the child start writing something. The most remarkable thing about it is its own privacy. As a result of its working mother, the child somewhat develops | closeness with its maternal or paternal grandparents. It becomes confident still, the child wishes the mother were at home for help. Worrying about security and about meals takes a lot of its time.

Activity 35

Read the following letters published in an issue of India Today. These letters \ tell us what is wrong with sports in India.

(a) The story on Indian sports (“A Shocking Mess”, August 15) reveals only the tip of the problem. Officialdom and corruption have so spoiled our system that every effort is made to stall an achievement. While sportsmen live like beggars, deprived of quality gear, the managers live like kings.
R. SINGH, NEW DELHI

(b) With neither motivation nor money to galvanize them, it’s no wonder that many players bid goodbye to sports once they get a sound footing elsewhere. It is high time that those who actually know about different sports are appointed at the helm of affairs.
MANI NATRAJAN, CHENNAI

(c) The fact that only 22 of the 46 probables for the hockey team reached the coaching camp shows the lack of commitment of the players. Though official mismanagement can be blamed, the athletes have to accept part of the responsibility.
B.C. PRAKAS, BANGALORE’

(d) If the story on India’s preparation for the Hiroshima Games had been published a year or two ago, it might have had some effect. To an extent, it is this lack of media coverage of sports, other than cricket and tennis, that is also responsible for India’s debacle in various events. MANISH PATHAK, NEW DELHI

(e) The sports mess is hardly surprising. After all, sports are also managed by the bureaucracy and the bigwigs. Like other plans and programs they implement, how could they deviate from their time-honored practice here – plan with fanfare, implement with nonchalance, forget the monitoring, and don’t worry about the results?
K G JAIN, NEW DELHI

(i) Read the letters again and make a list of the factors that are responsible for the sorry state of Indian sport is in.
(ii) If possible, think of and add your own points to the list.
(iii) Try to write 3 or 4 sentences on each point.
(iv) Write a short paragraph incorporating suggestions for improvement This should ideally conclude your topic. Now write on the topic “The Sorry State of Indian Sports.”

Answer:
Indian sports is in an extremely sorry state today. It is plagued by manifold problems to which there seems no end in sight. Officialdom and corruption have tarnished our sports bodies so much so that, every achievement is stalled. Moreover, while officials grab the limelight and the financial benefits accruing from an event, sportspersons who made it all possible, are handed over the crumbs. With such a state of affairs presiding, our sportsmen do not have any motivation to shine.

Leave alone prize money, they are often not even paid their due. And so, when they get a good job, they bid goodbye to the sports that they so much loved. After all, they also have to earn their livelihood to feed their families. Budding talents too are not spared. Companies would rather have an established player endorse their products than choose a greenhorn. As a result, young sportspersons take the help of their parents, friends, and relatives to hone their skills at meets both at home and abroad.

But when the money they had diminished to a trickle, they turn their back on sports and look for other options. Besides, the media is at fault too. Come cricket or tennis and they run to cover it. What about football, hockey, polo, kabaddi, handball, basketball, Choko, badminton, table tennis, chess, etc? Are they receiving equal coverage? This is a question that is better not asked by the media. They would shrink and then vanish. Then there’s the ubiquitous red-tapism of the bureaucracy and the official bigwigs.

Their plans for the development of sports in the country sound grand, but they are seldom implemented. They go “bang”, and “bang” in speeches but their implementation always ends in a whimper. However, all blame cannot be laid at the doors of others. Sportspersons too are responsible for this state of affairs. They lack commitment and professionalism. A foreign trip is coveted more for the glamour and the sightseeing than as an opportunity to bring home medals.

Most often, groups lack team spirit and this is very obvious in their game. How can these problems be solved? It is easier said than done. Solutions may be suggested but who will implement them? First, perhaps there should be an attitudinal change among the people who run the sports in this country. They should take it seriously as something concurring with national honor and national pride. Secondly, eminent sportspersons should run sports bodies.

Third, sportspersons must be encouraged by monetary rewards, and their achievements recorded and honored by sports bodies as well as the government. Fourth, the government must ensure the sponsorship of budding talents for national and international meets. Fifth, media coverage should be given equally to all sports and finally, sportspersons must be inspired to total commitment and professionalism. If and only when these changes are implemented in India, will the scene of Indian sports change for the better?

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 12 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 9 Integration Ex 9(l) Textbook Exercise questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Solutions Chapter 9 Integration Exercise 9(l)

Question 1.
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)sin¹⁰ θ dθ
Solution:
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)sin¹⁰ θ dθ = \(\frac{9}{10} \cdot \frac{7}{8} \cdot \frac{5}{6} \cdot \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{\pi}{2}\) = \(\frac{405 \pi}{7680}\)

Question 2.
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)cos¹² θ dθ
Solution:
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)cos¹² θ dθ = \(\frac{11}{12} \cdot \frac{9}{10} \cdot \frac{7}{8} \cdot \frac{5}{6} \cdot \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{\pi}{2}\) = \(\frac{4455 \pi}{92160}\)

Question 3.
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)sin¹¹ θ dθ
Solution:
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)sin¹¹ θ dθ = \(\frac{10}{11} \cdot \frac{8}{9} \cdot \frac{6}{7} \cdot \frac{4}{5} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3840}{4455}\)

Question 4.
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)cos⁹ θ dθ
Solution:
\(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}}\)cos⁹ θ dθ = \(\frac{8}{9} \cdot \frac{6}{7} \cdot \frac{4}{5} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{384}{405}\)

Question 5.
\(\int_0^1 \frac{x^7}{\sqrt{1-x^2}}\) dx
Solution:

Question 6.
\(\int_0^1 \frac{x^5\left(4-x^2\right)}{\sqrt{1-x^2}}\) dx
Solution:

Question 7.
\(\int_0^a x^3\left(a^2-x^2\right)^{\frac{5}{2}}\) dx
Solution:

Question 8.
\(\int_0^1 x^5 \sqrt{\frac{1+x^2}{1-x^2}}\) dx
Solution:

Question 9.
\(\int_0^{\infty} \frac{x^2}{\left(1+x^6\right)^n}\) dx
Solution:

Question 10.
\(\int_0^\pi\)sin⁸ θ dθ
Solution:

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Solutions Chapter 4 କାର୍ବନ ଓ ଏହାର ଯୌଗିକ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Solutions Chapter 4 କାର୍ବନ ଓ ଏହାର ଯୌଗିକ

Question 1.
ଇଥେନ୍‌ର ଆଣବିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ହେଉଛି C₂H₆। ଏଥରେ କେତୋଟି ସହସଂଯୋଗ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଧ ରହିଛି ?
(a) 6
(b) 7
(c) 8
Answer:
(b) 7 [C-H ବନ୍ଧସଂଖ୍ୟା = 6 ଓ C–C ବନ୍ଧ ସଂଖ୍ୟା = 1]

Question 2.
ବ୍ୟୁଟାନୋନ୍‌ରେ ଥ‌ିବା ସକ୍ରିୟ ଗ୍ରୁପଟି କ’ଣ ?
(a) କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍
(b) ଆଲତିହାଇଡ୍‌
(c) କିଟୋନ
(d) ଆଲକହଲ
Answer:
(c) କିଟୋନ

Question 3.
ରୋଷେଇ କଲାବେଳେ ଯଦି ରନ୍ଧାପାତ୍ରର ତଳପଟର ବହିର୍ଭାଗ କଳା ପଡ଼ିଯାଏ, ଏହାର ଅର୍ଥ :
(a) ଖାଦ୍ୟ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ରୂପେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇ ନାହିଁ
(b) ଜାଳେଣି ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ରୂପେ ଜଳୁନାହିଁ
(C) ଜାଳେଣିଟି ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ଅଛି
(d) ଜାଳେଣି ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭାବେ ଜଳୁଛି ।
Answer:
(b) ଜାଳେଣି ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ରୂପେ ଜଳୁନାହିଁ

Question 4.
ସହସଂଯୋଜ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଧର ଗଠନ CH₃CI ର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ ।
Answer:
(i) CH₃CI ଯୌଗିକ କାର୍ବନ, ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଓ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ ମୌଳିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ।

(ii) କାର୍ବନ, ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌ ଓ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର ପରମାଣୁ କ୍ରମାଙ୍କ ଯଥାକ୍ରମେ 6, 1 ଏବଂ 17 ।
କାର୍ବନର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନିକ୍‌ ସଂରଚନା K(2) L(4) ।
ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନିକ ସଂରଚନା K (1) |
କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନିକ୍ ସଂରଚନା K(2), L(8), M(7) ।

(iii) ଅକ୍ଲେଟ୍ ପାଇଁ କାର୍ବନ 4ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ, ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ 1 ଟି, ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଏବଂ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ 1 ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍

(iv) କାର୍ବନ ତା’ର 4ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନକୁ 3ଟି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ସହ (ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଲେଖାଏଁ) ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ସହ ଭାଗ କରିଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ କାର୍ବନ ତା’ର 4ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନରୁ 3ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ 3ଟି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ସହ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ କ୍ଲୋରିନ ସହ ସହଭାଜନ କରି ସହସଂଯୋଜ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଧ ଗଠନ କରେ ।

(v) ଫଳରେ କାର୍ବନ ନିକଟତମ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ Ne ର ସଂରଚନା ଧାରଣ କରେ । ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ନିକଟତମ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ He ର ସଂରଚନା ଏବଂ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ନିକଟତମ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ Arର ସଂରଚନା ଧାରଣ କରି C – H ଏବଂ C – Cl ସହସଂଯୋଜ୍ୟ ବନ୍ଧ ଗଠନ କରେ ।

Question 5.
ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଅଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଡଟ୍ ସଂରଚନାର ଚିତ୍ର ଦିଅ ।
(a) ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ (CH₃COOR)
(b) H₂S
(c) ପ୍ରେ|ପେନ୍
(d) F₂
Answer:
(a)

Question 6.
ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କ’ଣ ଉଦାହରଣ ସହ ବୁଝାଅ ।
Answer:
(i) ଯେଉଁ ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଜୈବ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସମାନ ସଂରଚନା, ସମାନ ସକ୍ରିୟ ଓ ସମାନ ରାସାୟନିକ ଧର୍ମ ଥାଏ । ସେହି ଶ୍ରେଣୀକୁ ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(ii) ଏହି ଶ୍ରେଣୀରେ ଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଯୌଗିକ ତା’ର ପୂର୍ବବର୍ତୀ ଓ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଯୌଗିକଠାରୁ – CH₂ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ଦ୍ବାରା ଭିନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଉଦାହରଣ :
CH₃OH (ମିଥାନଲ୍) → CH₃OH
C₂H₅OH (ଇଥାନଲ୍) → CH₃CH₂OH
C₃H₇OH (ପ୍ରୋପାନଲ୍) → CH₃CH₂CH₂OH
C₄H₉OH (ବ୍ୟୁଟାନଲ୍) → CH₃CH₂CH₂CH₂OH
ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଗଠନ କରନ୍ତି ।

Question 7.
ଇଥାନଲ୍ ଓ ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଭୌତିକ ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ଧର୍ମରେ ପ୍ରଭେଦ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଭୌତିକ ଧର୍ମ
ଇଥାନଲ୍:

• ଇଥାନଲ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ କିମ୍ବା କ୍ଷାର ନୁହେଁ, ଏହା ପ୍ରଶମିତ । ଅଟେ । ଉଭୟ ଲିଗ୍‌ସ୍ କାଗଜର କୌଣସି ରଙ୍ଗର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରେ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଏହା ଅନେକ ଜୈବ ଯୌଗିକ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଉତ୍କୃଷ୍ଟ
• ଇଥାନଲ୍‌ର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ 156 K ।
• ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ 351 K
• ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳବାୟୁରେ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଶୀତଋତୁରେ ଏହା ଘନୀଭୂତ | ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।
• ଇଥାନଲ୍‌ର ସ୍ବାଦ ପୋଡ଼ିଗଲା ଭଳି ଲାଗେ ।
• ଏହା ତୀବ୍ର ଗନ୍ଧଯୁକ୍ତ ନୁହେଁ |

ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ :

• ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ନୀଳ ଲିଟ୍‌ସ୍‌କୁ ନାଲି କରିଥାଏ ଅର୍ଥାତ ଏହା ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ।
• ଏହା ଉତ୍ତମ ଦ୍ରାବକ ନୁହେଁ । ଦ୍ରାବକ ।
• ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ 290 K ।
• ଏହାର ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ 391 K ।
• ଥଣ୍ଡା ବାୟୁରେ ଏହା ଘନୀଭୂତ ହୁଏ ।
• ଏହାର ସ୍ବାଦ ଖଟା ।
• ଏହା ତୀବ୍ର ଗନ୍ଧଯୁକ୍ତ ଅଟେ ।

ରାସାୟନିକ ଧର୍ମ :
ଇଥାନଲ୍:
(i) ଇଥାନଲ୍ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ।
2Na + 2CH₃ CH₂OH → 2CH₃CHO – Na + H₂

(ii) ଇଥାନଲ୍‌କୁ ଅଧିକ ପରିମାଣ ଗାଢ଼ ସଲ୍‌ଫ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହିତ 443Kରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତକଲେ ଇଥାନଲ ଅଣୁରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ବାହାରି ଏଥୁନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।

(iii) ଇଥାନଲ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ବା ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ବାଇକାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍:
(i) ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ଼ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।
NaOH + CH₃COOH → CH₃COONa + H₂O

(ii) ଏସିଟିକ୍ ଏସିଡ଼୍କୁ ଫସ୍‌ଫରସ୍ ପେଣ୍ଟକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ସହିତ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଦୁଇଟି ଏସିଡ୍ ଅଣୁରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ଅପସାରିତ ହୁଏ ।

(iii) ଏହା ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଓ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ।
2CH₃COOH + Na₂CO₃ → CH₃COONa + H₂O + CO₂
CH₃COOH + NaHCO₃ → CH₃COONa + H₂ + CO₂

Question 8.
ଜଳରେ ସାବୁନ ମିଶାଇଲେ ମିସେଲ କାହିଁକ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ବୁଝାଅ । ଅନ୍ୟ ଦ୍ରାବକ ଯଥା : ଇଥାନଲରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ମିସେଲ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବ କି ?
Answer:
(i) ସାବୁନର ଅଣୁ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୀର୍ଘ-ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳ କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ କିମ୍ବା ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଲବଣ । ସାବୁନ ଅଣୁର ଆୟନିକ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତଟି ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ବେଳେ କାର୍ବନ ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳଟି ତେଲରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୁଏ । ତଦନୁଯାୟୀ ସାବୁନ୍ ଅଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଏକ ସଂରଚନା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଥାନ୍ତି । ଏହାକୁ ମିସେଲ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(ii) ଏହି ଅଣୁର ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତ ତେଲର ଛୋଟବିନ୍ଦୁ ଆଡ଼କୁ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ବେଳେ ଆୟନିକ୍ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତଟି ବାହାରକୁ ମୁହଁ କରିଥାଏ । ଏହା ଜଳରେ ଏକ ଅପଦ୍ରବ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସାବୁନ ଇଥାନଲ୍‌ରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ, ତେଣୁ ମିସେଲ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 9.
କାର୍ବନ ଏବଂ ଏହାର ଯୌଗିକକୁ ଅଧିକାଂଶ ପ୍ରୟୋଗରେ ଇନ୍ଧନ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ କାହିଁକି ?
Answer:
(i) କାର୍ବନର ଯେକୌଣସି ରୂପ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍‌ରେ ଜଳିଲେ କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବା ସହିତ ତାପ ଓ ଆଲୋକ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।

(ii) ଅଧ୍ୟାକାଂଶ କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକ ମଧ୍ୟ ଦହନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ବହୁପରିମାଣର ତାପଶକ୍ତି ଓ ଆଲୋକ ଶକ୍ତି ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିଥାନ୍ତି । ଏକକ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ତୁଳନାରେ ଅଧିକ ଶକ୍ତି ମିଳେ ।

Question 10.
ଖରଜଳ ସହିତ ସାବୁନ କିପରି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ?
Answer:
ଖରଜଳରେ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍‌ର ଲବଣ ଥାଏ । ସାବୁନ ଅଣୁ ସହିତ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଲବଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକରି ଧଳା ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ (କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଲବଣ) ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।

Question 11.
ସାବୁନକୁ ଲାଲ ଏବଂ ନୀଳ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜରେ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କଲେ କି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦେଖାଯିବ ?
Answer:
ସାବୁନ୍ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଅଟେ । ଏହା ଲାଲ୍ ଲିଟ୍‌ସ୍କୁ ନୀଳ କରେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ନୀଳ ଲିଟମସ୍‌ର କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 12.
ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନୀକରଣ କ’ଣ ? ଶିଳ୍ପରେ ଏହାର ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେରକ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଅପୃକ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ସହ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନର ଯୋଗକୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନୀକରଣ କହନ୍ତି ।

ଶିଳ୍ପରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ :
ବନସ୍ପତି ତେଲଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଅପୃକ୍ତ କାର୍ବନ ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳ ନିକେଲ୍‌ ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେରକ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନୀକରଣ କରାଯାଇ ପୃକ୍ତ କାର୍ବନ ଚେନ୍ ଗଠନ କରେ, ଯାହାକି ପଶୁ ଚର୍ବି ବା ଘିଅ ଅଟେ । ତେଣୁ କଳକାରଖାନାରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନୀକରଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ବନସ୍ପତି ତେଲ ବା ଘିଅ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ।

Question 13.
ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଯୋଗ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ? C₂H₆, C₃H₈, C₃H₆, C₂H₂, ଏବଂ CH₄,
Answer:
C₃H₆ ଏବଂ C₂H₂,

Question 14.
ଲହୁଣୀ ଏବଂ ରୋଷେଇ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ତେଲ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ରାସାୟନିକ ଧର୍ମରେ ପ୍ରଭେଦ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କରିବାକୁ ଏକ ପରୀକ୍ଷା ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
Answer:
ଲହୁଣି ପୃକ୍ତ (Saturated) ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଅଟେ । ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍ ଲହୁଣିରେ ମିଶାଇଲେ ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍‌ର ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗରେ କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହୁଏନାହିଁ । କାରଣ ବ୍ରୋମିନ ପୃକ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ କିନ୍ତୁ ରୋଷେଇ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ତେଲ ଅପୃକ୍ତ (unsturated) ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଅଟେ । ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍‌ର କିଛି ବୁନ୍ଦା ମିଶାଇଲେ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ ହୁଏ ।

Question 15.
ସାବୁନ କିପରି ସଫାକରେ ବୁଝାଅ ।
(i) ସାବୁନ ଅଣୁରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଦୁଇଟି ପ୍ରାନ୍ତର ଧର୍ମ ଭିନ୍ନ । ଗୋଟିଏ ହେଉଛି ଜଳାସକ୍ତ ଅନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତଟିଏ ଜଳାତଙ୍କୀ ଜଳାସକ୍ର (Hydrophobic) ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତ୍ରଟିଏ ଜଳାତଙ୍କ1 (Hydrophobic) |

(ii)
ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(iii)

(iv) ଜଳର ପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ସାବୁନ ରହିଲେ ଜଳାତଙ୍କୀ ଲାଞ୍ଜ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ଏବଂ ସାବୁନଟିର ଆୟନିକ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତ ସହ ଜଳରେ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ‘ଲାଞ୍ଜ’ ଜଳ ବାହାରକୁ ବଢ଼ିଆସି ଜଳର ପୃଷ୍ଠ ନିକଟରେ ଶ୍ରେଣୀବଦ୍ଧ ଭାବେ ସଜାଇ ହୋଇ ରହେ ।

(v) ଜଳଭିତରେ ଏହି ଅଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ଅନନ୍ୟ ଅଭିବିନ୍ୟାସ ରହିଛି ଯାହା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଅଂଶଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଜଳଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ରଖେ ।

(vi) ଅଣୁ ପେନ୍ଥାମାନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା ଦ୍ଵାରା ଏହା ସଂପାଦିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(vii) ଜଳାତଙ୍କୀ ଲାଞ୍ଜଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅଣୁପେନ୍ଥାର ଭିତର ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରେ ଏବଂ ଆୟନିକ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପେନ୍ଥାର ଉପରି ଭାଗରେ ରହିଥାଏ ।

(vi) ଏହି ଗଠନକୁ ମିସେଲ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(ix) ମିସେଲ୍‌ର କେନ୍ଦ୍ରରେ ତୈଳାକ୍ତ ମଇଳା ସଂଗୃହୀତ ହୁଏ ।

(x) ମିସେଲ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ କଲଏଡ୍ ରୂପରେ ରହେ ଏବଂ ଆୟନ-ଆୟନ ବିକର୍ଷଣ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଏକତ୍ରିତ ହୋଇ ଅବକ୍ଷେପିତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।

(xi) ତେଣୁ ଲୁଗାକୁ ଧୋଇଦେଲେ ମିସେଲ୍‌ରେ ରହିଥିବା ମଇଳା ମଧ୍ୟ ସହଜରେ ଜଳ ସହିତ ପଦାକୁ ବାହାରି ଆସେ ।

ବିଶେଷ ଦ୍ରଷ୍ଟବ୍ୟ :
ଏହି ଅଧ୍ୟାୟରେ (*) ତାରକା ଚିହ୍ନିତ ତଥ୍ୟ, ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଓ ବାକ୍ସ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ତଥ୍ୟ ପରୀକ୍ଷାରେ ଆସିବ ନାହିଁ ।

ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଓ ଉତ୍ତର:

Question 1.
କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (ସଙ୍କେତ CO₂)ର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଡଟ୍ ସଂରଚନା କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
Answer:

Question 2.
ଆଠଟି ସଲ୍ଫର ପରମାଣୁରେ ଗଠିତ ଏକ ସଲ୍ଫର ଅଣୁର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଡଟ୍ ସଂରଚନା କ’ଣ ହେବ ?

Question 3.
ପେଣ୍ଟେନ ପାଇଁ ତୁମେ କେତୋଟି ସଂରଚନାତ୍ମକ ଆଇସୋମର୍ ଚିତ୍ର କରିପାରିବ ?
Answer:
ପେଣ୍ଟେନ୍ ପାଇଁ ତିନୋଟି ସଂରଚନାତ୍ମକ ଆଇସୋମ୍‌ର ଚିତ୍ର ଅଙ୍କନ କରାଯାଇଛି –

Question 4.
ଆମ ଚାରିପଟେ ଦେଖୁଥ‌ିବା କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକର ବହୁଳତା ପାଇଁ କାର୍ବନର କେଉଁ ଦୁଇଟି ପ୍ରକୃତି ଦାୟୀ ?
Answer:
(i) କାଟିନେସନ୍ : କାର୍ବନର କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଆକାର ଓ ଉଚ୍ଚ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଋଣାତ୍ମକତା ଗୁଣ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଏହା ଅନ୍ୟ କାର୍ବନ ପରମାଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ବନ୍ଧ ଗଠନ କରିପାରେ । ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସଂରଚନା ସଳଖ ଚେନ, ଶାଖା ଚେନ, କିମ୍ବା ବକ୍ରାକାର ଚେନ ହୋଇପାରେ ।

(ii) କାର୍ବନର ଚତୁଃସଂଯୋଗ୍ୟତା : କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକର କକ୍ଷରେ 4ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ଥିବାରୁ ଏହି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅନ୍ୟ 4ଟି କାର୍ବନ ପରମାଣୁ ସହ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍, ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍, ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍, ସଲ୍‌ଫର୍‌ ପରି ଅନ୍ୟ ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହ ସହଭାଜନ କରିପାରେ । ତେଣୁ କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବୃଦ୍ଧିପାଏ

Question 5.
ସାଇକ୍ଳୋପେଣ୍ଟେନର ସଙ୍କେତ ଏବଂ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଡଟ୍ ସଂରଚନା କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
Answer:
ଫଂକେତ:

Question 6.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଇଁ ସଂରଚନା ଚିତ୍ର ଦିଅ ।
(i) ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ଼୍
(ii) ବ୍ରୋମୋପେଣ୍ଟନ୍‌
(iii) ବ୍ୟୁଟାନୋନ୍
(iv) ହେକ୍ସାନାଲ
Answer:

Question 7.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କିପରି ନାମକରଣ କରିବ ?

Answer:
(i) ବ୍ରୋମୋଇଥେନ୍
(ii) ମିଥାନଲ୍
(iii) ହେକ୍‌ସାଇନ୍

Question 8.
ଇଥାନଲ୍‌ରୁ ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍କୁ ରୂପାନ୍ତର କାହିଁକି ‘କ ଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ?
Answer:

ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ପରମାଣୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟାର ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିଛି, ତେଣୁ ଏହା ଏକ ଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ।

Question 9.
ଝଳାଇ ପାଇଁ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଓ ଇଥାଇନ୍‌ର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଣ ଜଳାଯାଏ I ଇଥାଇନ୍ ଓ ବାୟୁର ମିଶ୍ରଣ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ କାହିଁକି କହିପାରିବ ?
Answer:
ବାୟୁରେ ଯବକ୍ଷାରଜାନ ସହିତ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଅଛି, ଯାହାକି ଇଥାଇନ୍ ଜଳିବା ପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିଥାନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ବାୟୁ ଓ ଇଥାଇନ୍‌ର ମିଶ୍ରଣ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 10.
ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରି ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ ଏବଂ କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ କିପରି ଜାଣିବ ?
Answer:
କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପୋଟାସିୟମ ପରମାଙ୍ଗାନେଟ୍ ଟେଷ୍ଟ : ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ ଓ କାର୍ବୋସିଲିକ୍ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ ଦୁଇଟିରେ ନିଅ ଏବଂ କିଛି ବୁନ୍ଦା କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ପରମାଙ୍ଗାନେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ପକାଅ ଓ ଗରମ୍ କର ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ପରମାଙ୍ଗାନେଟ୍‌ର ଗୋଲାପୀ ରଙ୍ଗ ରହିଲେ ତାହା ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ, ଅନ୍ୟଥା ତାହା କାର୍ବୋକସିଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ।

Question 11.
କାରଣ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
NaHCO ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରୀକ୍ଷା – ଦୁଇଟି ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ ଓ କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ନେଇ କିଛି NaHCO₃ ର ଗାଢ଼ ଦ୍ରବଣ ମିଶାଅ । ଯେଉଁ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଗାଢ଼ ଧୂଆଁଳିଆ CO₂ ଗ୍ୟାସ ବାହାରିବ ସେହି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କାର୍ବୋକସିଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଅଛି ।

Question 12.
ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଜଳ ଖର କି ନୁହେଁ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ତୁମେ ସମର୍ଥ ହୋଇପାରିବ କି ?
Answer:
ନାଁ, କାରଣ ଖରଜଳ ଓ ମୃଦୁଜଳ ଉଭୟରେ ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଟ ସମାନ ଭାବରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ ।

Question 13.

ଦେଇସାରି ସେମାନେ ଲୁଗାକୁ ପଥର ଉପରେ ବାଡ଼େଇ ଥା’ନ୍ତି କିମ୍ବା ଏକ ଦଣ୍ଡରେ ବାଡ଼େଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ବ୍ରସ୍‌ରେ ଘଷିଥା’ନ୍ତି କିମ୍ବା ୱାସିଂମେସିନ୍‌ରେ ମନ୍ଥନ (agitate) କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସଫାଲୁଗା ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ମନ୍ଥନ କାହିଁକି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ?
Answer:
ମଇଳା ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ସାବୁନ ଅଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମିସେଲ୍‌ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି ଓ ଯେଉଁ ଅପଦ୍ରବ ସୃଷ୍ଟିହୁଏ ପାଣିରେ କିଛି ଧୋଇ ହୋଇଯାଏ ଆଉ କିଛି ଲୁଗାର ଉପର ସ୍ତରରେ ହାଲୁକା ଭାବେ ଲାଗିରହେ । ତେଣୁ ସାବୁନ ଦେଇ ସାରି ସେମାନେ ଲୁଗାକୁ ପଥର ଉପରେ ବାଡ଼େଇଥାନ୍ତି କିମ୍ବା ଏକ ଦଣ୍ଡରେ ବାଡ଼େଇଥାନ୍ତି ବା ମନ୍ଥନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି |

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ (Activity):

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ – 1 (Activity – 1):
(i) ସକାଳୁ ତୁମେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିବା କିମ୍ବା ଖାଇଥିବା ଦଶଟି ଜିନିଷର ଏକ ତାଲିକା କର ।
ଏହି ତାଲିକା ସହ ତୁମ ସହପାଠୀମାନେ କରିଥିବା ତାଲିକାକୁ ଏକାଠି କର ଏବଂ ତା’ପରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ସାରଣୀ ଭିତରେ ସେହି ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ତାଲିକାଭୁକ୍ତ କର । ଯେଉଁ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଏକରୁ ଅଧିକ ପଦାର୍ଥରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହେଉଛି, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂପୃକ୍ତ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରେ ରଖ ।
ଡ :
ସକାଳୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିବା କିମ୍ବା ଖାଇଥିବା ଦଶଟି ଜିନିଷ ହେଲା
ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିବା ଜିନିଷ: ସାବୁନ୍, ତେଲ, କାଗଜ, ଜୋତା ପଲିସ୍, ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟିକ ମର, ବହି, ଖବରକାଗଜ, ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍ ମର୍ ।
ଖାଇଥ‌ିବା ଜିନିଷ – କ୍ଷୀର, ଚା, ଅଣ୍ଡା, ପାଉଁରୁଟି, ଭାତ, ଡାଲି, ଔଷଧ ।

(ii)

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
କେବଳ ଜଳ ରନ୍ଧନପାତ୍ର, (ଯେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଧାତୁ, କାଚ କିମ୍ବା ମାଟିରେ ତିଆରି) ଛାଡ଼ି ପ୍ରାୟ ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତ ଜିନିଷରେ କାର୍ବନ ଅଛି ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଆମେ ଦୈନନ୍ଦିନ ଜୀବନରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଥିବା ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଜିନିଷ କାର୍ବନରେ ତିଆରି ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ – 2 (Activity – 2):

ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଯୋଡ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଇଁ ସଙ୍କେତଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏବଂ ଆଣବିକ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଭେଦ କଳନା କର ।
(a) CH₃ OH ଏବଂ C₂H₅ OH
(b) C₂H₅ OH ଏବଂ C₃ H₇OH
(c) C₃H₇ OH ଏବଂ C₄H₉ OH

ଏହି ତିନୋଟିରେ କିଛି ସାଦୃଶ୍ୟ ଅଛି କି ?
ଉ :
ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କର ସକ୍ରିୟ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ଏକ ।

ଗୋଟିଏ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ (Family) ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଏହି ଆଲକହଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କାର୍ଟୁନ ପରମାଣୁର ବର୍ଦ୍ଧିତ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜାଅ ।
ଊ :
CH₃OH, C₂H₅OH, C₃H₈OH, C₄H₉OH

ସାରଣୀର ଅନ୍ୟ ସକ୍ରିୟଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ପାଇଁ ଚାରୋଟି କାର୍ବନ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ :
କ୍ଲୋରୋ ହୋମୋଲୋଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ : CH₃CI, C₂H₅CI, C₃H₇Cl, C₄H₉Cl
ଆଲ୍‌ହାଇଡ଼ ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ : CH₃CHO, C₂H₅CHO, C₃H₇CHO
କିଟୋନ୍ ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ : C₂H₆CO, C₃H₈CO
କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ହୋମୋଲଗସ୍ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ : CH₃COOH, C₂H₅COOH, C₃H₇COOH

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -3 (Activity-3)

ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ :
ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାମଚ, କିଛି କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକ (ଗନ୍ଧକର୍ପୂର, କର୍ପୂର, ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ) ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ :
ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାମଚରେ କେତୋଟି କାର୍ବନ ଯୌଗିକ (ଗନ୍ଧକର୍ପୂର, କର୍ପୂର, ଆଲକହଲ) ଗୋଟିଏ ପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ନିଅ ଏବଂ ଜଳାଅ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ :
(a) ଅଗ୍ନିଶିଖା ଉପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାତବ ଥାଳି ରଖ । ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ ଭଳି ପୃକ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଜଳିଲେ ସ୍ୱଚ୍ଛ ଶିଖା ଦେଇଥାଏ ।
(b) ଗନ୍ଧକର୍ପୂର ଭଳି ଅପୃକ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଜଳିଲେ କଳାଧୂଆଁ ସହିତ ହଳଦିଆ ରଙ୍ଗର ଶିଖା ଦେବ ଏବଂ ଧାତବ ଥାଳିରେ କଳାକଣିକା ଜମିଯିବ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ପୃକ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଜଳିଲେ ସ୍ବଚ୍ଛ ଶିଖା ଦିଏ । ଅପୃକ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକାର୍ବନ ଜଳିଲେ କଳାଧୂଆଁ ଓ ହଳଦିଆ ରଙ୍ଗର ଶିଖା ଦେବ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -4 (Activity-4)

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ଗୋଟିଏ ବୁନ୍‌ସେନ୍ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣର ଜଳାଅ ଏବଂ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାର ଶିଖା ବା ଧୂଆଁର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଏହାର ନିମ୍ନଅଂଶରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବାୟୁଛିଦ୍ର (Airhole)କୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କର ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
(a) କଳାଧୂଆଁ ଓ ହଳଦିଆ ଅଗ୍ନିଶିଖା ମିଳିବ ଯେତେବେଳେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣରର ନିମ୍ନ ଅଂଶରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବାୟୁଛିଦ୍ରକୁ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣ କରିବା ଫଳରେ ଅମ୍ଳଜାନର ପରିମାଣ ହ୍ରାସପାଇବ ।
(b) ବର୍ଣ୍ଣରର ନିମ୍ନ ଅଂଶରେ ଥ‌ିବା ବାୟୁଛିଦ୍ର ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନିୟନ୍ତ୍ରଣମୁକ୍ତ ରହିଲେ ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣର ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରିବ ଏବଂ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ ଜାରଣ ହେବା ଫଳରେ ନୀଳ ଅଗ୍ନି ଶିଖା ଦେଖାଯିବ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍‌ରେ ଜଳିଲେ ସ୍ବଚ୍ଛ ନୀଳଶିଖା ମିଳିବ ଏବଂ ସୀମିତ ବାୟୁ (ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ)ରେ

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -5 (Activity-5)

ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଗୋଟିଏ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ, 3 ମିଲି ଇଥାନଲ୍ , ଏକ ଜଳ ଉଷ୍ମକ (water bath), 5% କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପୋଟାସିୟମ ପରମାଙ୍ଗାନେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ଗୋଟିଏ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ପ୍ରାୟ 3 ମିଲି ଇଥାନଲ୍ ନିଅ ଏବଂ ଏହାକୁ ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ ଉଷୁମ କର । 5% କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ପରମାଙ୍ଗାନେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣକୁ ବୁନ୍ଦା ବୁନ୍ଦା କରି ପକାଅ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
(a) 5 % କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ପରମାଙ୍ଗାନେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣକୁ ବୁନ୍ଦା ବୁନ୍ଦା କରି ପକାଇଲେ ଗୋଲାପୀ ରଙ୍ଗ କ୍ରମଶଃ ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହୋଇଯିବ ।
(b) ଯେତେବେଳେ ଅଧିକ KMnO₄ ମିଶାଗଲା ସେତେବେଳେ ଇଥାନଲ୍ ଜାରଣ ହୋଇ ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳରେ ପରିଣତ ହେଲା ଏବଂ ଅଧ୍ଵ KMnO₄ ରଙ୍ଗ ସେହିଭଳି ରହିଲା ଓ ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହେଲା ନାହିଁ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
କ୍ଷାରୀୟ KMnO₄ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଇଥାନଲ୍‌କୁ ଜାରଣ କରେ ଏବଂ ନିଜେ ବିଜାରିତ ହୁଏ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -6 (Activity-6)
ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ଦୁଇଟି ଚାଉଳଦାନା ଆକାରର ଖଣ୍ଡେ ଛୋଟ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମକୁ ଇଥାନଲ (ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଆଲକହଲ) ମଧ୍ୟରେ

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଅଟେ । ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ ସହିତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ଇଥକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଦେଇଥାଏ ।

2C₂H₅OH + 2Na → 2C₂H₅ONa + H₂
ଗୋଟିଏ ଜଳୁଥ‌ିବା କାଠିକୁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପାଖକୁ ଆଣିଲେ ପପ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ କରି ଜଳିଉଠିବ ।

ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ସାଧା (Properties of Ethanoic Acid):
(i) ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍କୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଏସିଟିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ (acetic acid) କହନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଏହା କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍

(ii) ଜଳରେ ଏସିଟିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର 5-8% ଦ୍ରବଣକୁ ଭିନେଗାର କୁହାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ଏହାକୁ ଆଚାର ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

(iii)ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ହେଉଛି 290 K ।

(iv) ଏସିଟିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ ଗ୍ଲାସିଆଲ୍ (Glacial) ଏସିଟିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ । କାରଣ ଏହା ଥଣ୍ଡାଜଳ ଓ ବାୟୁରେ ଅଧିକାଂଶ ସମୟରେ ଘନୀଭୂତ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।

(v) କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏକ ଦୁର୍ବଳ ଏସିଡ୍ ।

ଏଷ୍ଟରୀକରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା:
(i) ଗୋଟିଏ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଆଲ୍‌କହଲର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଦ୍ୱାରା ଏଷ୍ଟର (Ester) ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଆଲକହଲ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଏଷ୍ଟର ଦେଇଥାଏ ।

(ii) ଏଷ୍ଟରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସୁଗନ୍ଧଯୁକ୍ତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଚ

(iii) ଏହାକୁ ଅତରରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

(iv) ଏହାକୁ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଓ ପାନୀୟ ସୁଗନ୍ଧକାରୀ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ରୂପେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

ସାବୁନୀକରଣ :
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଲବଣରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସାବୁନୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ କାରଣ ଏହାକୁ ସାବୁନ୍ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

(ii) କ୍ଷାରକସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା: ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ + ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ → ଲବଣ + ଜଳ
NaOH + CH₃COOH → CH₃COONa + H₂O

(iii) କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା:
କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସହ ଇଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ, ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଏବଂ’ ଜଳ ଦେଇଥାଏ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -7 (Activity-7)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ: ଦୁଇଟି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ, 10 ମି.ଲି. ଜଳ, ରୋଷେଇରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ତେଲ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:

• ଦୁଇଟି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ପ୍ରାୟ 10 ମି.ଲି. ଜଳ ନିଅ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବୁନ୍ଦା ଲେଖାଏଁ ତେଲ ପକାଅ ଓ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀକୁ A ଓ B ରୂପେ ଚିହ୍ନଟ କର ।
• ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ B ରେ ଅଳ୍ପ କେତେ ବୁନ୍ଦା ସାବୁନ ଦ୍ରବଣ ପକାଅ ।
• ଦୁଇଟି ଯାକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଏକା ସମୟରେ ହଲାଅ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ B ରେ ତେଲ ଓ ଜଳ ସାବୁନର ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ତର ଦେଖାଯାଉଛି । କାରଣ ତେଲ ସାବୁନ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୁଏ ଫଳରେ ସଫା କରିବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ । ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ A ଜଳ ଓ ରୋଷେଇ ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ତେଲ ଅଛି । ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ହଲାଇଲା ପରେ କିଛି ସମୟ ସ୍ଥିର ହେବାକୁ ଦିଅ । 2ଟି ସ୍ତର ହୋଇ ରହିଥ‌ିବା ଦେଖାଯିବ କାରଣ ତେଲ ଓ ଜଳ ପରସ୍ପର ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ସାବୁନ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ତେଲ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ, ଜଳ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ତେଲ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ।

ସାଚୁନ୍‌ ଓ ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଠ (Soaps and Detergents):
ସାବୁନ୍ :

• ସାବୁନର ଅଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୀର୍ଘ-ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳ କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କିମ୍ବା ପୋଟାସିୟମ ଲବଣ ।
• 
• ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ତୈଳ ଓ ଚର୍ବିରୁ ସାବୁନ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ।
• ଜୈବ ନିମ୍ବୀକରଣ ଯୋଗ୍ୟ ।
• ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବନାହିଁ ।

ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଠ:

• ଦୀର୍ଘଶୃଙ୍ଖଳ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ କାର୍ବୋକ୍‌ଲିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ଏମୋନିୟମ୍ କିମ୍ବା ସଲ୍‌ଫୋନେଟ୍ ଲବଣ ।
• 
• ପେଟ୍ରୋଲିୟମ୍ର ଉତ୍ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ।
• ଜୈବନିମ୍ନୀକରଣ ଅଯୋଗ୍ୟ ।
• ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -8 (Activity-8)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଦୁଇଟି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ, 20 ମି.ଲି. ପାତିତ ଜଳ କିମ୍ବା ବର୍ଷାଜଳ, ଅନ୍ୟଟିରେ 10 ମି.ଲି.

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ :
ଦୁଇଟି ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ପାତିତ ଜଳ ଓ ଖରଜଳ ନିଅ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଦୁଇବୁନ୍ଦା ସାବୁନ ଦ୍ରବଣ ପକାଅ । ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ଏକା ସମୟ ପାଇଁ ହଲାଅ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଯେଉଁ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ପାତିତ ଜଳ |ବର୍ଷାଜଳ ଅଛି ସେହି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଅଧ୍ଵକ ଫେଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି । ଯେଉଁ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଖରଜଳ ଅଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଦହିଭଳି ଧଳା ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ଦେଖାଯାଉଛି ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ମୃଦୁଜଳରେ ସାବୁନ ଫେଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ, ଖରଜଳରେ ସାବୁନ୍ ଦହିଭଳି ଧଳା ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -9 (Activity-9)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
2ଟି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ, 20 ମି.ଲି. ଖର ଜଳ, ସାବୁନଦ୍ରବଣ, ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବଣ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ 10 ମିଲି ଲି. ଖରଜଳ ନିଅ । ଗୋଟିଏ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ପାଞ୍ଚବୁନ୍ଦା ସାବୁନ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଓ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ପାଞ୍ଚ ବୁନ୍ଦା ଡିଟରଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ପକାଅ । ଉଭୟ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀକୁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟ ପାଇଁ ହଲାଅ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ :
ଦୁଇଟି ଯାକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ସମାନ ପରିମାଣର ଫେଣ ରହୁନାହିଁ । ସାବୁନ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଥିବା

ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଅଧ୍ବକ ପରିମାଣରେ ଫେଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ।

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 2 Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English The One and only Houdini Text Book Questions and Answers

Unit – I

Gist :
The writer takes us back to the swimming pool at New York’s Shelton Hotel. In response to Houdini’s declaration, a box is ready. After he enters inside, it will be tightly closed. The pool now becomes the scene of an incredible performance. Driven by curiosity, people are gathering here. The reporter finds a telephone and an alarm bell with batteries inside the box for eventualities. According to Collins, he is going without air for even an hour. Houdini is as good as words. In the mean time, Dr. MacConnell emerges on the scene. He has already checked Houdini’s blood pressure and pulse. Everything is fine. The reporter is interested to know how long he can live without air. To the doctor, it is a difficult question.

He comes to know of Houdini’s knowledge of breathing easily and saving the oxygen. His condition is stable, yet he is fifty-two. The doctor is sure of Houdini’s ability to cope with danger. Now Houdini clad in a black swimming suit appears, smiling and determined. He expresses his thanks to the ladies and gentlemen for coming to see his performance. He is going to explode the myth that a man can live only three minutes without air. Now we find Houdini in the box. Several men are engaged in sealing it tightly. Then the box was submerged in the swimming pool of Hotel Shelton. Joseph Rinn, the official time keeper is in charge of counting every minute of Houdini’s stay in the box. The reporter is optimistic.

Glossary :
edge : the sharp side of something (କୌଣସି ଜିନିଷର ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱ)
sealed: closed tightly (ଜୋରରେ ବନ୍ଦ)
soldered: firmly fixed with solder (solder is easily melted metal) (ସୋଲ୍ଡର ସହିତ ଦୃଢ଼ ଭାବରେ ସ୍ଥିର କରାୟାଇଛି)
trick : cheating, a fraud (ଠକେଇ, ଜାଲିଆତି)
emergencies : sudden happenings which make it necessary to act without delay (ଜରୁରୀକାଳୀନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି)
And days : Houdini is as good as his words (ଏବଂ ଦିନଗୁଡିକ)
Concerned : anxious (t) (ଚିନ୍ତିତ)
signal (v): to give a sign (ଏକ ଚିହ୍ନ ଦେବାକୁ)
build (n): general shape or size of a person’s body (ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଶରୀରର ସାଧାରଣ ଆକାର ବା ଆକାର)
He himself: Housini is firm in his determination (ସେ ନିଜେ)
motioning: making a sign (ଏକ ଚିହ୍ନ ତିଆରି କରିବା)
will : desire (ଇଚ୍ଛା)
rocked: moved backwards and forwards (ପଛକୁ ଏବଂ ଆଗକୁ ଗତି କଲା)
admire : praise (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)

Unit – II

Gist:
Five minutes have passed ever since he was in a sealed casket submerged in the swimming pool. In the meantime, the reporter probes his past. His real name is Ehrich Weiss. His native place is Appleton, Wisconsin. He was born in 1874. His father was a Jewish priest. Houdini, renowned for his remarkable magic tricks, has an astonishing control over his body. He excels in the art of putting his shoulders out of position. When he was working for a locksmith, Ehrich knew technique of opening handcuffs with small, sharp pointed instruments. He also took interest in reading about Robert Houdini, the renowned French magician. At last he relinquished his job and became a professional magician under the name of Harry Houdini.

The reporter gives a picture of Houdini’s married life. Bessie is his wife. She was a magician too. Houdini is known for his sensational escape acts. Bessie has stood by her husband through thick and thin. Rinn informs that twenty minutes have passed. Tension mounts. Houdini has a tension-ridden career. His underwater box escape is a case in point. Handcuffed and chained, Harry Houdini is placed in a wooden box which firmly shut with nails. The box is then left underwater. Houdini accepts the challenge in his characteristic tricky manner. He swims to the surface safe and sound in a few minutes. This also demonstrates his skill in using tricks. Rinn, the official time-keeper keeps on counting time. Twenty five minutes have gone. In Houdini, the reporter finds an unusual person. He admires Houdini’s incredible control of chest muscles. He excels others in the act of moving around inside the jacket at the time of relaxation. The reporter is lavish in his praise, ‘There’s only one Houdini.’

Thirty minutes have trickled by. The reporter sees one of the swimmers standing on the box lose his balance. Other swimmers are no better. The box has moved up quickly above the water level. The reporter is worried. He enquires of Mr. Collins, about his condition. Collins talks to Houdini and says that he is fine. Rinn announces that thirty minutes have passed since Houdini’s adventure. The reporter brims with confidence. Houdini’s rigorous training for three weeks seems to be rewarded. The reporter thinks of Houdini’s march to a spectacular success. Forty minutes have elapsed. Meanwhile, the reporter refers eloquently to Houdini’s wonderful stomach muscles, that have resisted the fists of big, strong men. Forty-five minutes have already gone.

Glossary:
amazing : astonishing ବିସ୍ମୟକର)
dislocate : put out of position (ପଦରୁ ବାହାର)
straitjacket(ଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ଜାକେଟ୍) : kind of garment once used to prevent madman from struggling
rabbi: Jewish priest (ଇହୁଦୀ ପୁରୋହିତ)
locksmith: one who makes locks (ଯିଏ ତାଲା ତିଆରି କରେ)
a bit picks : a little small, sharp-pointed instruments (ଟିକିଏ ବାଛି ନେଲେ)
quit: give up (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
idol : somebody greatly admired or loved (ଆଦର୍ଶ)
catch sight of: see (ଦେଖିବା)
career : way of making a living; profession (ବୃଭି)
bobbed up : moved up quickly (ଦ୍ରୁତ ଗତିରେ ଉପରକୁ ଉଠିଲା)
paying off : rewarding (ପୁରସ୍କାର ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ)
sources : places from which information comes or is got (ସୂତ୍ର)
claims : says, declares (କହୁଛି, ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି)
punch (v) : strike hard with the fist (ମୁଠା ସାହାୟ୍ୟରେ ଜୋରରେ ପ୍ରହାର କରନ୍ତୁ)
tensed : stiffened or hardened (ଦୃଢ଼ୀଭୂତ)
withstand : resist (ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବା)

Unit – III

Gist :
Houdini’s well-being concern the people. Everybody seems to be nervous. The doctors seem especially panicky. The reporter enquires of Dr. MaConnell about Houdini’s present condition. The doctor is really not aware of anything about him. Fifty minutes have gone. Other reporters are furiously taking track of Houdini’s adventurous mission. Time does not wait for anybody. Rinn announces – “Fifty minutes !” A group of grim-looking doctors seem to arguing with James Collins, Houdini’s assistant. Collins pleads his helplessness. The doctor advises him to be sensible and pull Houdini out of the box when an hour is up. Collins is adamant. The doctor insists him on responding to his advise. Collins contacts Houdini and apprising him of the doctors’ pressure on him to bring him out of the casket and an hour has passed. He gives them good news. Houdini is doing well. But the reporter’s anxiety continues.

Now one hour and thirteen minutes are up. Collins learns that the box has developed a leak and only a little trickle of water is entering. Houdini tells him that he faces no danger. The reporter promptly responds: “Houdini has nerves of steel.’’ This section comes to a terrific end. In spite of spending one hour and thirty-one minutes, underwater without air, Houdini emerges victorious. His secret lies in making very few body movements while in the box and taking short breaths. Houdini knows no panic. He has trained to reconcile himself to any situation. We see him in the reporter’s eyes: ‘You ’re a fantastic man, Mr. Harry Houdini!’

Glossary:
on edge : nervous (ସ୍ନାୟବିକ)
exhaustion : tiredness (ଅବସାଦ)
superstitious: full of superstition (ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ୱାସରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
grim : (here) anxious (ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠିତ)
sensible : intelligent (ବିଚକ୍ଷଣ)
urging : persuading (ପ୍ରରୋଚନା)
sprung a leak : appeared to have a leak (ଲିକ୍ ହୋଇଥିବା ଜଣାପଡ଼ିଥିଲା)
trickle : thin flow (ପତଳା ପ୍ରବାହ)
dizzy : feeling as if everything is whirling (ସବୁ ଘୂରିବା ଭଳି)
panic (v) : a sudden fright (ହଠାତ୍ ଭୟ)
calm : quiet (ଶାନ୍ତ)
fantastic : wonderful (ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ)

Think it out :

Question 1.
What was the feat that Houdini took up in Hotel Shelton?
Answer:
The feat that Houdini took up in Hotel Shelton was to remain in a sealed casket or coffin submerged in a swimming pool. He was to stay inside the tightly closed box for an hour and that too without air. According to Mr. Collins, his assistant, Houdini was serious about being buried alive.

Question 2.
What were Houdini’s purposes behind doing this miraculous act?
Answer:
Houdini’s purposes behind doing this miraculous act were to disprove science and thereby, to show that determination can shake mountains. It is well-known that man can only live only three minutes without air, but he is going to stay without air for over an hour. Houdini is committed and according to Collins: ‘Houdini does what he says.’

Question 3.
Discuss how he prepared to do the act.
Answer:
Houdini undertook a rigorous training for three weeks at a stretch. He practised the habit of holding his breath in the course of his underwater escapes. He trained long and hard with great patience before doing the act. He developed a mastery over his body control. Determination, hard work and calm acceptance of any challenge were his forte.

Question 4.
Focus on the role of the reporter during Houdini’s performance.
Answer:
From beginning to the end, the reporter had a keen watch on Houdini’s, spectacular performance in New York’s Hotel Shelton. He is the first to communicate Houdini’s ordeal in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton to the public. He always keeps on touch with Dr. McConnell, Collins, Houdini’s assistant and Joseph Rinn, the official time-keeper. He probes Houdini’s past. As minutes trickle by, the reporter’s reaction fluctuates from anxiety to confidence. Houdini’s incredible feat of remaining in a sealed box, submerged in the swimming pool of the Hotel Shelton, overwhelms him. His admiration of Houdini’s knows no bound.

Question 5.
Describe some of Houdini’s previous achievements.
Answer:
Houdini was an Austrian-Hungarian born. American stunt performer, noted for his sensational escape acts from handcuffs and jails in the length and breadth of the country and Europe. Once he was handcuffed to the bars in a jail cell. While kissing him for good luck, his wife Bessie passed a small lock tool from her mouth to his. Several minutes later Houdini took his jailers by surprise. His handcuff was no more. He walked freely into their office. His underwater escape is another achievement. Besides, Houdini became a professional magician under the name of Harry Houdini.

Question 6.
Why does the reporter say to Houdini, You’re a fantastic man?
Answer:
The reporter here is a keen observer of Houdini’s miraculous act of remaining in a tightly-closed box, submerged in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton for one hour and thirty minutes. Houdini comes out with flying colours, putting an end to everyone’s fear, tension and anxiety. That he is able to survive so long in such a situation bears the stamp of his determination. Houdini states that he had trained himself to remain calm in the face of any situation. These facts make the reporter say to Houdini, ‘You’re a fantastic man.’

Question 7.
Bring out the important aspects of Houdini’s character.
Answer:
Harry Houdini is a many-faceted character. He is a magician. He is also known for his sensational escape acts. He is an incredible stuntman. His act of remaining in a sealed box, submerged in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton for one hour and a half is indeed unprecedented. He is the epitome of commitment. He does not understand the language of fear. To maintain calmness in any situation is his forte. We see him through the doctor’s eyes: ‘Houdini’s an amazing man!’ The reporter aptly remarks, ‘You’re a fantastic man, Mr. Harry Houdini.’ Houdini’s life shows that an ordinary human being can achieve anything through determination and hard work.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English The One and only Houdini Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.

Reporter Thanks, Mr. Collins. It’s hard to believe that a man can live without air for over an hour. Oh, here come the doctors. Dr. McConnell, have you seen Houdini?
Dr. MaConnell: Yes, I just checked his blood pressure and pulse rate. They’re both normal.
Reporter: How last without long do you think Houdini will air?
Dr. MaConnell: That’s a difficult question. When they seal the box, there will be enough oxygen inside for the average man to take fifty breaths. Houdini says he knows how to breathe easily and save the oxygen. He is in good condition, but still he’s fifty two years old. I’d guess he might be able to get by without air for fifteen minutes.
Reporter: And after that?
Dr. MaConnell: After that Houdini had better telephone for help or ring his alarm bell – if he still has the strength.
Reporter: Are you doctors worried?
Dr. MaConnell: Well, we’re concerned. Houdini’s no fool. He isn’t trying to kill himself. But there’s always the danger that he’ll pass out before he can signal for help.
Reporter: There’s Houdini now! He’s wearing a black swimming suit. For a man his age, his build is great. He’s smiling. He seems sure of himself. Now he’s motioning for silence!
Houdini: Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for coming. As you know, it has often been written that a man can live only three minutes without air. I’m going to prove that that is wrong. If I die, it will be by the will of God and my own foolishness.
Reporter: Houdini’s in the box now. Several men are putting the iron cover in place. This is it! A man is soldering the cover. The box will be lowered into the shallow end of this pool. Then a team of swimmers will stand on the box to keep it level beneath the surface of the water. So far, the only person I’ve seen who doesn’t look nervous is Houdini. Well, they’re lowering the box. It’s under! Joseph Rinn, the official
timekeeper, has started the clock. Mr. Rinn, what are your plans?

Questions :
(i) Throw light on the conversation between the reporter and Dr. McConnell. What does it reveal?
(ii) What does the reporter tell us about Houdini’s imperial ordeal?

Answers :
(i) The reporter asks Dr. McConnell if he has checked Houdini. The doctor replies that his blood pressure and pulse rate are Both normal. The reporter asks the doctor how long he thinks Houdini will breathe. McConnell in his reply, states that the average man breaths fifty times in a sealed box, but Houdini is an exception. He knows the technique of breathing easily, but the doctor guessing he could remain without air for fifteen minutes. After that Houdini would be advised to seek help. The conversation between the two reveals their concern for Houdini.
(ii) The reporter apprises all of Houdini’s presence inside the box. After sealing it firmly, several men will put the box into the shallow end of the swimming pool. After that a team of swimmers will stand on it to maintain it level below the surface of the water. The reporter says that he has never seen such a person as Houdini, for he never looks nervous, despite this great ordeal. We also learn that Joseph Rinn, the official time-keeper has a look at the watch.

Question 2.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Reporter: Well, Houdini is going past the limit suggested by Dr. Mc Connell! I wonder how his wife Bessie, is taking this. I haven’t been able to catch sight of her. She’s also a magician. After she married Houdini, they both had an act that played in many theatres. She dropped out after Houdini became famous for his escapes from handcuffs and jails throughout the country and in Europe. She still helped him, though. Once, after Houdini had been searched and handcuffed to the bars in a jail cell, she kissed him for good luck. It was more than good luck she offered. She also passed a lock pick from her mouth to his. Several minutes later, Houdini surprised his jailers by walking into their office.
Rinn: Twenty minutes!
Reporter: The tension here is growing. But tension has followed Houdini through most of his career. Take his underwater box escape, for example. He is handcuffed and chained. Then he’s put in a wooden box and it’s nailed shut. After that the box is dropped underwater. Minutes later Houdini swims to the surface. In that act, though, he uses tricks. He has lock picks and other special tools hidden on him or in the box. But there’s always the risk that the picks or tools will fail. Most people wouldn’t try Houdini’s escape tricks even if they knew how to do them.

Questions :
(i) Describe the part played by Bessie in Houdini’s life.
(ii) Describe of Houdini’s feat of underwater escape.

Answers :
(i) Houdini is widely known for his sensational escapes. Bessie, a magician, plays an important part in her husband’s life. Both had showed magic in many theatres. Houdini’s life is a saga of escape from handcuffs and jails in the length and breadth of the country and in Europe. Bessie stood by him through thick and thin. Once she kissed her husband for good luck. He was in a prison cell. In the course of offering her good luck, Bessie passed a small lock tool from her mouth to his. Several minutes later, the jailers, to their astonishment, saw Houdini walk into their office.
(ii) Houdini, handcuffed and chained, was put in a wooden box which was tightly sealed with nails. Then it was dropped underwater. After some minutes, Houdini swims to the surface safe and sound by using tricks, though he possesses lock picks and other special instruments not visible to others. This underwater box escape is one of Houdini’s wonderful feats.

Question 3.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Reporter: Well, one can only wonder how he’s doing in the box. He still has a long time to go. Of course, he is unusual. Did you know that he can tie and untie rope with either foot? That won’t help him now, but it’s another example of his body control. He also has great control of his chest muscles. Before he’s bound into a straitjacket, he fills his chest with air. Later, when he relaxes, he can move around inside the jacket. Perhaps it sounds easy. But others have tried the same trick and failed. There’s only one Houdini!
Rinn: Thirty minutes!
Reporter: Oh – oh! There’s trouble! One of the swimmers standing on the box has lost his balance. He’s failing into the water! Now the other swimmers are falling, too. The box has bobbed up above the water level. I wonder if Houdini caused the box to move. Mr. Collins, is Houdini all right?
Collins: Quiet, sir, I’m calling Houdini. Harry, can you hear me?
Houdini: Yes.
Collins: The swimmers fell off the box. They’re getting back on now. That’s what caused the movement of the box. Are you all right?
Houdini: Fine.
Reporter: Mr. Collins, Houdini’s voice sounded faint. Is he well?
Collins: That’s what he said. I believe him.
Rinn: Thirty-five minutes!
Reporter: Houdini’s training seems to be paying off. According to sources around here, he has been training for three weeks. Also, he probably learned a lot about holding his breath while doing his underwater escapes. Anyway, it’s no secret that Houdini always trains long and hard before he does anything for the public. He wants to be sure that he can do anything he claims he will do. And right now he seems on his way to an amazing success.
Rinn: Forty minutes!
Reporter: When I was talking before about Houdini’s chest muscles, I failed to mention his stomach. Quite often, he lets local strongmen punch him in the stomach as hard as they can. Of course, his stomach muscles are tensed, but they have to be almost as hard as steel to withstand the fists of big, strong men.

Questions :
(i) Give an account of Houdini’s chest muscles and stomach muscles.
(ii) What picture of Houdini do you get in the extract?

Answers :
(i) The reporter presents a very clear picture of Houdini’s chest and stomach muscles. He eloquently refers to Houdini’s great control of his chest muscles. Before being bound into a straitjacket, he fill his chest with air. But, in times of relaxation, he has the ability to move around inside the jacket. The reporter then throws light on Houdini’s stomach muscles. Very often, he allows local strong men punch his Stomach in the hardest possible manner. His stomach muscles tensed, but they have to be as hard as steel to resist the fists of big, strong men.
(ii) We see Houdini through the reporter’s eyes, “Of course, he is unusual.” He has the ability to tie and untie rope with either foot. He is remarkable for his great control over his chest muscles. Before being bound into a straightjacket, he pumps air into his chest. In his moments of relaxation, he is capable of moving around inside the jacket. But others have tried the same trick but in vain. The reporter aptly remarks, ‘There ‘s only one Houdini.’ Houdini resorts to rigorous training before he does anything for the public.

Question 4.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Collins: All right. Houdini, can you hear me? You have just passed an hour. The doctors are urging me to pull you out. What do you say?
Houdini I’ll let you know when I’m ready.
Rinn: One hour and one minute!
Collins: Well, you heard him, gentlemen. He seems to be doing well.
Reporter: Rinn’s going to be calling out each minute from here on. I’ll get back to him. Meanwhile, I’d like to hear from one of the doctors. Is this a world’s record, Doctor?
Doctor: As far as I know, it is. If I weren’t here, I don’t think I would believe it. Houdini’s an amazing man!
Reporter: He certainly is, Doctor, and thank you. Well, people are whispering to one another around the pool. When Houdini passed the hour mark, some of the crowd seemed to relax somewhat. Still Houdini is far from safe. I’m going to try to pick up the time.
Rinn: One hour and thirteen minutes!
Reporter: Did you hear that? What a man. Wait! Collins has a call from Houdini.
Collins: Had enough, sir?
Houdini: No. The box has sprung a leak. But there’s no danger. Only a slight trickle of water is coming in.
Collins: Are you sure?
Houdini: Yes.
Reporter: Houdini has nerves of steel. He’s under there with no air, and the water is leaking in on him. Yet he’s going to stay.
Rinn: One hour and twenty-five minutes.
Reporter: I must say, I wish he would come up. I’m probably more nervous than he is. Even Collins seems to be showing some concern.
Rinn: One hour and thirty minutes.
Reporter: This may be it! Collins has a call.
Houdini: Jim, get me up.
Reporter: They’re raising the box. Now they’re opening it. I wish they’d hurry.
Rinn: One hour and thirty-one minutes.
Reporter: Dr. McConnell has Houdini’s arms. He’s checking the magician’s pulse and blood pressure. How is he, Doctor?
Dr. McConnell: His pulse and blood pressure are very low. The man’s suffering from exhaustion.
Houdini: Nonsense! I feel a little dizzy, that’s all! If I do an hour or so of exercise. I’ll feel fine.
Reporter: Mr. Houdini, congratulations! How did you do it? Was it a trick?
Houdini: It was no trick. I took a series of deep breaths before the cover was soldered on. I made very few body movements while in the box and took short breaths. That’s all. I certainly hope that trapped coal miners and deep-sea divers take a lesson from this.
Reporter: How can they take a lesson from your performance. Mr. Houdini? You’re in perfect physical condition.
Houdini: They must learn not to panic. If you panic, your body needs more air. I have trained myself to remain calm in all situations. Everyone should do the same.

Questions :
(i) Describe Collin’s contact with Houdini.
(ii) What happens after Houdini comes out of the box?

Answers :
(i) The doctor and the reporter are concerned about Houdini, because there has been no sign from the man in the box yet. They insist on Collins, Houdini’s assistant, to talk to him. Collins informs him of the passage of an hour and the doctors pressure on him to pull him (Houdini) out. Collins waits for his reply. He learns that he is doing well and shares this information with them. Collins gets a call from Houdini concerning the leak in the box and a slight trickle of water coming in.
(ii) After Houdini comes out of the iron box in a triumphant fashion, the reporter congratulated him on remaining for one hour and thirty-one minutes in a sealed box and that too submerged in a swimming pool. He asks Houdini if he had resorted to a trick for his success. Houdini says that there was no trick. He had taken a series of deep breaths before the cover of the box was firmly fixed with solder. During his stay inside the box, he made few body movements and took short breaths. Above all, he has trained himself to remain calm in the face of any situation. In the reporter’s view, Houdini is a fantastic man.

Introducing the Author :
Dr. Robert Lado is one of the founders of contrastive linguistics which as a sub-disciple of applied linguistics served the purpose of improving language teaching material. He is a prolific writer. His works include over 60 books and many articles that deal with various topics ranging from linguistics to language testing and cross-cultural understanding.

About the Story :
‘The One and Only Houdini’, as the title signifies, throws light on Houdini’s miraculous act. Houdini’s second variation on Buried Alive was an endurance test designed to expose mystical Egyptian performer Rahman Bey, who claimed to use supernatural powers to remain in a sealed casket for an hour. Houdini bettered Bey on August 5, 1926, by remaining in a sealed casket, or coffin, submerged in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton for one hour and a half. Houdini claimed he did not use any trickery or supernatural powers to accomplish this feat, just controlled breathing.

Summary :
It was August 5, 1926. All eyes were set on the swimming pool at New York’s Hotel Shelton. James Collins, Houdini’s assistant, Dr. Mc Connell and Joseph Rinn, the official time-keeper were present. People were gathering gradually at the pool. They were placing the iron box near the pool’s edge. It comprised a telephone and an alarm bell with batteries.

Harry Houdini clad in a black swimming suit appeared there. He was fifty-two, yet he was in good physical condition. Before getting inside the box, Houdini thanked everyone for coming to see his performance. He was going to disprove the theory that a man could live only three minutes without air. Houdini was inside the box now. Then it was tightly sealed. A team of swimmers would stand on the box before it was submerged in the swimming pool. The swimmers were instructed to keep the box level beneath the surface of the water as a result of which Houdini will not be moved backwards and forwards. The countdown started.

Houdini who was keen on going without air for an hour made him an object of attention. His success would come out in all newspapers all over the world. The reporter probed Houdini’s past. His real name was Ehrich Weiss, who was born in Appleton, Wisconsin. He was interested in magic. He became a professional magician under the name of Harry Houdini. He was married. Houdini was widely known for his sensational escape acts. Bessie had played a great role in her husband’s life. Minutes trickled by. Nobody knows what Houdini was doing inside the box. He had undertaken this ordeal after undergoing rigorous training for three weeks. Houdini possessed strong chest muscles. His tough stomach muscles resisted the fists of big, strong men.

With the passing of minutes, fear and anxiety gripped the people. There was no response from Houdini. The doctor in particular advised Collins to pull him out of the box when an hour was up. After interacting with Houdini, Collins declared that he seems to have smooth sailing. Doctor’s anxiety gave way to admiration. Houdini was an amazing man! Collins got a call from him. The box had developed a leak and only a slight trickle of water was entering. Everybody was understandably concerned. It was now one hour and thirty minutes. The box was opened. To everyone’s stunned disbelief, Houdini emerged out of it with flying colours. The reporter congratulated him. One key to his achievement lay in his ability to be calm in the face of any situation. The topic comes to close with the reporter’s fabulous remark, ‘You’re a fantastic man, Mr. Harry Houdini!’

ସାରାଂଶ :

Harry Houdini ଥିଲେ ଜଣେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଯାଦୁକର । ତାଙ୍କ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ Bessie ମଧ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ଯାଦୁକର ଥିଲେ । ସେମାନେ ଉଭୟ ଅନେକ ମ୍ୟାଜିକ୍ ସୋ ଦେଖାଇଛନ୍ତି । ତାଙ୍କର ସବୁଠୁ ଭଲ ସୋ ଥିଲା, Houdini ଙ୍କୁ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଟକପ୍ ପକାଇଦେଲେ ସେ ଆପଣାଛାଏଁ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଡକପ୍ ଖୋଲିଦେଇ ଚାଲିଆସୁଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖୁଲେ ସେ ଆପେ ଆପେ କୂଳରେ ଲାଗିଯାଉଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ଯାଦୁଖେଳର ୟୁରୋପରେ ଖୁବ୍ ନାଁ ଥିଲା । ଦିନେ Houdini ଘୋଷଣା କଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଗୋଟେ ନିବୁଜ ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ରହିବେ ଓ ବାକ୍ସଟି ପାଣିଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଯିବ । ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ଟେଲିଫୋନ୍, କଲିଂବେଲ ରହିବ । କିଛି ଲୋକ ବାକ୍ସଟିକୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ସ୍ଥିର ଭାବରେ ଧରି ରଖୁବେ । ବିଜ୍ଞାନ କୁହେ, ମଣିଷ ବିନା ବାୟୁରେ ମାତ୍ର ତିନିମିନିଟ୍ ରହିପାରିବ। ମାତ୍ର ସେ ପ୍ରମାଣ କରିଦେବେ ଯେ ସେ ବିନା ବାୟୁରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟାକାଳ ରହିପାରିବେ ।

Houdini ଙ୍କ ଅଲୌକିକ ଘଟଣା ଦେଖିବାକୁ ସେଦିନ ପୋଖରୀ କୂଳରେ ହଜାର ହଜାର ଲୋକ ଭିଡ଼ ଜମାଇଥାନ୍ତି । ତାଙ୍କ ସହକାରୀ Collins ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଗୁରୁଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ ବୁଝାଉଥାଏ । Dr. Mcconnell ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥାଆନ୍ତି, କାଳେ କିଛି ଅଘଟଣ ଘଟିବ । Rinn ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥାଆନ୍ତି ସମୟ ଗଣିବେ । ପ୍ରତି ପାଞ୍ଚ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଥରେ ଲେଖାଏଁ ଘୋଷଣା କରିବେ । ଘଣ୍ଟାଏ ଡେଇଁଗଲାପରେ ଯଦି Houdini ନ ଆସନ୍ତି ଓ ଭଲ ଥାଆନ୍ତି, ତେବେ ସେ ତେଣିକି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକ ମିନିଟ୍ ଘୋଷଣା କରିବେ । Houdini ଧୀର ଓ ହସହସ ମୁହଁରେ ଆସିଲେ । ସେ ସମବେତ ଜନତାଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଇଲେ ଓ କହିଲେ, ମୁଁ ଆଜି ବିଜ୍ଞାନର ନିୟମକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବାକୁ ଯାଉଛି । ଯଦି ସଫଳ ହେଲି ଭଲକଥା । ଯଦି ମରିଗଲି, ତା ହେଲେ ଜାଣିବ, ଈଶ୍ବର ବୋଧହୁଏ ମୋର ମୁର୍ଖମିକୁ ସହିଲେ ନାହିଁ । Houdini ବାକ୍ସରେ ପଶିଲେ । ତା’ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଡାକ୍ତର ତାଙ୍କର ହୃତ୍‌ସ୍ପନ୍ଦନ ନାଡ଼ି ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରି ଦେଖୁଥିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଅଛନ୍ତି । ଏଥର ବାକ୍ସକୁ ଭଲଭାବରେ ନିବୁଜ କରାଗଲା । ତାକୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖାଗଲା ଓ କିଛିଲୋକ ବାସଟିକୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ସ୍ଥିରକରି ରଖୁଲେ । ଏଣେ Rinn ଗଣନା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ।

ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ ମିନିଟ୍ ଗଡ଼ିଚାଲିଲା । ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ ଜଣକ Collins ଓ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ Houdini ଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଖବର ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରୁଥାନ୍ତି । ସେ ଜଣେ ଦକ୍ଷ ଯାଦୁକର । ସେ ନିଜ ଦେହରୁ ହାତକାଢ଼ି ନେଉଥିଲେ । ସେ ୧୮୭୪ ମସିହାରେ Appleton ରେ ଜନ୍ମ ନେଇଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରକୃତ ନାଁ Enrich Weiss I ତାଙ୍କ ପରିବାର ଖୁବ୍‌ ଗରିବ ଥିଲା । ଏଣୁ ସେ ପିଲାଟି ଦିନରୁ ପରିବାର ପୋଷିବାପାଇଁ କାମ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେତେବେଳେ ସେ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଡକପ୍ ଖୋଲିବାର କଳାକୌଶଳ ଶିଖୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଫରାସି ଯାଦୁକର Robert Houdini ଙ୍କ ରଚିତ କିଛି ବହି ପଢ଼ି ଖୁବ୍ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଲେ ଓ ନିଜ ନାଁ ବଦଳାଇ ନିଜକୁ Harry Houdini ନାମରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଇଲେ । ସମୟ ଗଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଥାଏ । Rinn ପାଞ୍ଚ, ଦଶ, ପନ୍ଦର, କୋଡ଼ିଏ ଏମିତି ଗଣିଚାଲିଥାଆନ୍ତି । ଯେଉଁ ଲୋକମାନେ ବାକ୍ସକୁ ଧରିଥିଲେ, ସେମାନେ ଖସି ପଡ଼ିଲେ । ଲୋକମାନେ ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠିତ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଲେ । ଭାବିଲେ, Houdini ବୋଧହୁଏ ବାହାରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛନ୍ତି । Collins ଟେଲିଫୋନ୍ ଲଗାଇ ପଚାରିଲେ Houdini! | 66 ଅଛନ୍ତି ? ସେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ, ଭଲ ଅଛି’’ । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ମତଦେଲେ, ବାକ୍ସଭିତରେ ଯେତିକି ବାୟୁ ଅଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଜଣେ ଲୋକ ପଚାଶ ଥର ନିଃଶ୍ବାସ ନେଇପାରିବ । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଅଶ୍ୱସ୍ତି ଅନୁଭବ କରିବ । ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ବାକ୍ସ ଖୋଲିବାକୁ କହିବେ । Collins କହିଲେ – ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଯେତିକି ଜାଣିଛି, ସେ ସମୟ କେବେ ଆସିବ ନାହିଁ । କାରଣ Houdini କୌଣସି କଥାକୁ ପାଞ୍ଚ ଦଶଥର ପରୀକ୍ଷା ନ କରି ଜଣଙ୍କ ଆଗରେ ପେଶ୍ କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।

ବେଳକୁ ବେଳ ସାମ୍ବାଦିକଙ୍କ ଭିଡ଼ ଜମିଲା । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ । ସେମାନେ କହିଲେ – ଏହା ଏକ ଆତ୍ମଘାତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ । Houdini ଙ୍କୁ ଏଥୁରୁ ନିବୃତ୍ତ କରାଯାଉ । ଏହା ଭିତରେ ଘଣ୍ଟାଏ ବି ହୋଇଗଲା । ଲୋକମାନେ କିଛି ସମୟପାଇଁ ଖୁସି ଦେଖାଗଲେ । ଭାବିଲେ, ଏଥର Houdini ବାହାରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ କହିବେ । ମାତ୍ର ସେମିତି କିଛି ହେଲା ନାହିଁ । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ବାଧ୍ୟ କରିବାରୁ Collins ପୁଣିଥରେ ଟେଲିଫୋନ୍ ଲଗାଇ ପଚାରିଲେ – Houdini ! ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ବାଧ୍ୟକରୁଛନ୍ତି ବାହାରକୁ ଆସିବାପାଇଁ । Houdini ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ – ମୁଁ କହିଲେ ମତେ ଉପରକୁ ନେବ । ଏଥର ଲୋକମାନେ କୁହାକୁହି ହେଲେ – Houdini ନିଃଶ୍ଵାସ ପ୍ରଶ୍ଵାସ ରୋଧ କରିବା ତାଲିମ ପାଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ବିନା ବାୟୁରେ ରହିବାର କୌଶଳ ଶିଖ୍ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ଏହା ଭିତରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟା ତିରିଶ ମିନିଟ୍ ହେଲା । ଏଥର Houdini ଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ସଂକେତ ଆସିଲା ତାଙ୍କ ବାହାରକୁ ଆଣିବାପାଇଁ । ଲୋକମାନେ ଏକଘଣ୍ଟା ଏକତିରିଶ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ବାକ୍ସ ଖୋଲିଲେ । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ Houdiniଙ୍କ ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କଲେ । କିଛି ବ୍ୟତିକ୍ରମ ହୋଇନଥିଲା । ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନେ Houdiniଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇଲେ ।

ଏଥର ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନେ Houdini ଙ୍କୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ଏହା କେମିତି ସଂଭବ ହେଲା ? Houdini କହିଲେ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଯାଦୁବିଦ୍ୟା ନାହିଁ । ଏହା ଏକ ସାଧନା ମାତ୍ର । ମୁଁ ନିଃଶ୍ଵାସ ରୋଧ କରିବା ଶିଖୁ ଯାଇଛି । ଏହା ମତେ ଏତେ ସମୟ ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ବଞ୍ଚାଇ ରଖୁ । ଶ୍ଵାସକ୍ରିୟା ଖୁବ୍ ମନ୍ଥର ଥିଲା । ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନେ ପଚାରିଲେ – ଆପଣ ଯୁବଗୋଷ୍ଠୀଙ୍କୁ କି ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଦେବେ ? Houdini କହିଲେ – ସେମାନେ ଭୟ କରିବା ଛାଡ଼ି ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ । ସେମାନେ ଯେ କୌଣସି ପରିସ୍ଥିତିକୁ ସହଜ, ସରଳ ଓ ଶାନ୍ତ ଭାବରେ ସାମ୍ନା କରିବାକୁ ଶିଖନ୍ତୁ । ସମସ୍ତେ Houdini ଙ୍କର ଜୟଗାନ କଲେ ।

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 12 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 9 Integration Ex 9(k) Textbook Exercise questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Solutions Chapter 9 Integration Exercise 9(k)

Evaluate the following Integrals:
Question 1.
(i) \(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}} \frac{d x}{1+\tan x}\)dx
Solution:

(ii) \(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}} \frac{\sqrt{\sin x}}{\sqrt{\sin x}+\sqrt{\cos x}}\)dx
Solution:

(iii) \(\int_0^1 \frac{\ln (1+x)}{2+x^2}\)dx (x = tan θ)
Solution:

(iv) \(\int_0^\pi \frac{x d x}{1+\sin x}\)
Solution:

Question 2.
(i) \(\int_{-a}^a\)x⁴ dx
Solution:

(ii) \(\int_{-a}^a\)(x⁵ + 2x² + x) dx
Solution:

(iii) \(\int_{-\frac{\pi}{4}}^{\frac{\pi}{4}}\)cos² x dx
Solution:

(iv) \(\int_{-\frac{\pi}{6}}^{\frac{\pi}{6}}\)sin⁵ x dx
Solution:
Let f(x) = sin⁵ x
Then f(-x) = sin⁵ (-x)
= -sin⁵ x = -f(x)
So f(x) is an odd function.
Thus \(\int_{-a}^a\)f(x) dx = 0
\(\int_{-\frac{\pi}{6}}^{\frac{\pi}{6}}\)sin⁵ x dx = 0

Question 3.
(i) \(\int_0^\pi\)cos³ x dx
Solution:

(ii) \(\int_0^\pi\)cos² x dx
Solution:

(iii) \(\int_0^\pi\)sin³ x cos x dx
Solution:
\(\int_0^\pi\)sin³ x cos x dx
[Put sin x = t, then cos x dx = dt
When x = 0, t = 0, when x = π, t = 0
\(\int_0^\pi\)t³ dt = 0

(iv) \(\int_0^\pi\)sin x cos² x dx
Solution:

Question 4.
Show that
(i) \(\int_0^1 \frac{\ln x}{\sqrt{1-x^2}}\) dx = \(\frac{\pi}{2} \ln \frac{1}{2}\)
Solution:

(ii) \(\int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}} \frac{\cos x-\sin x}{1+\sin x \cos x}\) dx = 0
Solution:

(iii) \(\int_0^\pi\)x ln sin x dx = \(\frac{\pi^2}{2} \ln \frac{1}{2}\)
Solution:

Question 5.
(i) \(\int_0^{\pi / 2}\)ln (tan x + cot x) dx
Solution:

(ii) \(\int_0^\pi \frac{x \tan x-\sin x}{1+\sin x \cos x}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) \(\int_1^3 \frac{\sqrt{x} d x}{\sqrt{4-x}+\sqrt{x}}\)
Solution:

(iv) \(\int_0^\pi \frac{x \sin x d x}{1+\cos ^2 x}\)
Solution:

(v) \(\int_0^1\)x (1 – x)¹⁰⁰ dx
Solution:

(vi) \(\int_{\pi / 6}^{\pi / 3} \frac{d x}{1+\sqrt{\cot x}}\)
Solution:

(vii) \(\int_0^{50}\)e^x-[x] dx
Solution:

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 12 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 9 Integration Ex 9(h) Textbook Exercise questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Solutions Chapter 9 Integration Exercise 9(h)

Evaluate the following Integrals.
Question 1.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{4+5 \cos x}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{3+\cos x}\)
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{3+\sin x}\)
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{d x}{1+2 \sin x}\)
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{d x}{2 \sin x+3 \cos x}\)
Solution:

(vi) ∫\(\frac{d x}{1+\cos x+\sin x}\)
Solution:

Question 2.
(i) ∫\(\frac{3 \sin x+28 \cos x}{5 \sin x+6 \cos x}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{12 \sin x-2 \cos x+3}{\sin x+\cos x}\) dx
Solution:
Let 12 sin x – 2 cos x = A (sin x + cos x) + B ( cos x – sin x)
[Note that cos x – sin x is the derivative of sin x + cos x]
Then A – B = 12, A + B = -2
⇒ 2A = 10
⇒ A = 5, B = -7
Thus 12 sin x – 2 cos x = 5 (sin x + cos x) – 7 (cos x – sin x)

(iii) ∫\(\frac{5 \sin x}{3-2 \sin x}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{2 \cos x+7}{4-\sin x}\) dx
Solution:

Question 3.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{2 \cos ^2 x+3 \cos x}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{4 \sin ^2 x-\sin x}\)
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{\sin x \cos x}{x \sin ^2 x-2 \sin x+3}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\cos x-\cos 3 x}\)
Solution:

Question 4.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d \theta}{4+3 \sin ^2 \theta}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d \theta}{2-3 \cos ^2 \theta}\)
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{d \theta}{4 \cos ^2 \theta+9 \sin ^2 \theta}\)
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{d \theta}{2+3 \cos ^2 \theta-4 \sin ^2 \theta}\)
Solution:

Question 5.
(i) ∫\(\frac{\sin 3 x}{\cos 7 x \cos 4 x}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{\cos 2 x}{\sin 7 x \cos 5 x}\) dx
Solution:

Question 6.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\cos x(5+3 \cos x)}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\cos x(1+2 \sin x)}\)
Solution:

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 12 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 9 Integration Ex 9(g) Textbook Exercise questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Solutions Chapter 9 Integration Exercise 9(g)

Evaluate the following Integrals.
Question 1.
(i) ∫\(\frac{\sqrt{2 x+3}}{x}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{\sqrt{x^2-7}}{x}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{\sqrt{x}}{x+2}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫x\((3 x+2)^{\frac{1}{3}}\) dx
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{x+2}{(2 x-1)^{\frac{1}{3}}}\) dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫(x + 2)\((x+1)^{\frac{1}{4}}\) dx
Solution:

(vii) ∫\(\frac{x-1}{(x+2)^{\frac{3}{4}}}\) dx
Solution:

(viii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\sqrt{x}-\sqrt[3]{x}}\) (x = t⁶)
Solution:

Question 2.
(i) ∫\(\frac{3 x+4}{\sqrt{2 x-3}}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫(7x + 4)\(\sqrt{3 x+2}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫(3x + 1)\((x-2)^{\frac{9}{2}}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{2 x+5}{(x+2)^{\frac{7}{2}}}\) dx
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{x^2+2 x+1}{\sqrt{x+4}}\) dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫(x² + 2x + 7)\(\sqrt{x+1}\) dx
Solution:

Question 3.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\sqrt{4 x^2-4 x+5}}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\sqrt{4 x^2-4 x+5}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\sqrt{x^2-6 x+5}}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\sqrt{x^2-6 x+5}\) dx
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\sqrt{1+2 x-x^2}}\) dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫\(\sqrt{1+2 x-x^2}\) dx
Solution:

Question 4.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{(1+x) \sqrt{1-x^2}}\) (1 + x = \(\frac{1}{t}\))
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{(2-x) \sqrt{5-4 x+x^2}}\)
Solution:

Question 5.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{(2 x+5) \sqrt{x+2}}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{1+x^2}{x \sqrt{x^4+1}}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\sqrt{\frac{x-1}{2 x+1}}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{x}{\left(a^2-x^2\right)\left(x^2-b^2\right)}\) dx
Solution:

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 2 Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha 11th Class English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 After Twenty Years

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English After Twenty Years Text Book Questions and Answers

Unit – I

Gist:
One day, in a locality of New York a smart policeman was on the route doing patrol duty. The time was only 10 o’ clock at night. People in the streets had gone home early because of a drizzle and chilly weather. The majority of the houses in the locality were business places that were also closed early. The entire place was dark but a few lights were coming from a cigar store, an all-night hotel and one or two tailoring shops completing the day’s work. The policeman with his stalwart figure and smart movements was inspecting the closed doors as he went in the street.

Every now and then he was casting his watchful eyes here and there and was searching a man seriously. His boss had said him in the morning while giving the description of the man wanted : “Pale face, square jaws, deep and dark eyes and a little white scar near the right eyebrow.” He was ashamed that the name of the notorious criminal who Was printing counterfeit notes was not known to the Police Department. The criminal had fled away from Chicago and was moving in New York. The policeman had much confidence on himself and he felt pride of being a dutiful officer for the last eighteen years.

He had a feeling of luck with him as a debt. He had kept the reconstructed photograph of the criminal and a five-dollar note in his pocket which he looked at under a lamp-post. The policeman was in the habit of talking to himself when nobody was nearby. He suddenly looked at his watch and it was a quarter past ten. There was another thing in his mind. He hurried up to finish his duty. After a minute he saw a man standing near the doorway of a hardware store. He walked speedily to the man. He could not see the face of the man clearly as it was dark.

He was just going to address the man but suddenly changed his mind and waited the man to begin. The man, on the other hand, who thought to be looked suspicious in the eyes of the police started talking from his side. He said to the policeman that he was waiting for a friend with whom an appointment was made twenty years ago. Though it appears a little funny, he said to the policeman, it was the truth. About twenty years ago there was a restaurant where this store stands. Its name was ‘Brady’s Restaurant’. The policeman agreed to this and said it was changed into a store only in five years ago. The policeman had a chance to see the face of the man when he struck a match and lit a cigar.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ନିଉୟର୍କ ସହରର ଏକ ଗଳିରେ ସବୁଦିନ ଭଳି ଦିନେ ଜଣେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ପହରା ଦେଉଥିଲେ । ସମୟ ରାତ୍ରି ୧୦ଟା ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଲୋକମାନେ ସେଦିନ ଝିପିଝିପି ବର୍ଷା ଓ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଫେରି ଯାଇଥିଲେ । ପାଗ ଯୋଗୁଁ ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟା ସମୟରେ ବେଳାବେଳି ଗୃହକୁ ଦୋକାନ ଗୃହଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବନ୍ଦ ଥିଲା । ସ୍ଥାନଟି ପ୍ରାୟ ସେହ ଗଳିରେ ସେଦିନ ରାସ୍ତାକୁ ଲାଗିଥିବା ଅନ୍ଧକାରମୟ ଦିଶୁଥିଲା; କିନ୍ତୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଷ୍ଟୋର, ଅହୋରାତ୍ର ଖୋଲାଥିବା ଏକ ହୋଟେଲ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ କିମ୍ବା ଦୁଇଟି ଦରଜି ଦୋକାନରୁ ଆଲୋକ ଆସୁଥୁଲୀ । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ ତାଙ୍କ ବଳିଷ୍ଠ ଚେହେରା ଓ କ୍ଷିପ୍ର ଗତି ବଳରେ ସେହି ଗଳିର ବନ୍ଦ ଦ୍ଵାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କରୁଥିଲେ ।

ବହୁ ସମୟରେ ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଣ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିକୁ ଏଠି ସେଠି ନିକ୍ଷେପ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଜଣେ ଲୋକକୁ ଜରୁରୀ ଭାବରେ ଖୋଜୁଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ଉଚ୍ଚପଦସ୍ଥ ଅଫିସର ଆଜି ସକାଳେ ସେହି ଲୋକର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାରେ କହିଥିଲେ ‘ଲୋକଟିର ଶେତା ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ, ବର୍ଗାକାର ମାଢ଼ି, ଗଭୀର ଓ କଳା ଆଖ୍ ଏବଂ ଡାହାଣ ଆସ୍ପତା ପାଖରେ ଏକ ଛୋଟ ଧଳା ଦାଗ ।’’ ଲୋକଟି ଜଣେ ବଡ଼ଧରଣର ଅପରାଧୀ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ଜାଲନୋଟ୍ ଛାପୁଥୁଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଲଜ୍ଜା ଲାଗୁଥିଲା କାରଣ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବିଭାଗକୁ ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଅପରାଧୀର ନାମ ଜଣା ନ ଥିଲା । ଏହି ଅପରାଧୀ ଜଣକ ଚିକାଗୋରୁ ଆସି ନିଉୟର୍କରେ ଥବର ସୂଚନା ମିଳିଥିଲା । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣଙ୍କର ନିଜ ଉପରେ ବହୁତ ବିଶ୍ୱାସ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ଅଠର ବର୍ଷ ହେଲା ଜଣେ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟନିଷ୍ଠ ଅଫିସରଭାବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରି ଆସିଥ‌ିବାରୁ ବହତୁ ଗର୍ବିତ ଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଭାଗ୍ୟ ଏକ ଋଣ ଆକାରରେ ଅଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲେ ।

ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ଏକ ପାଞ୍ଚ ଡଲାର ନୋଟ୍ ଏବଂ ସେ ଅପରାଧୀର ଅଙ୍କା ଫଟୋ ରଖୁଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ସମୟ ସମୟରେ ତାକୁ ଦେଖୁଥିଲେ । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ କେହି ନ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ନିଜ ସହିତ କଥା ହେଉଥିଲେ । ହଠାତ୍‌ ହାତଘଣ୍ଟା ଉପରେ ନଜର ହେଉଥିଲେ । ହଠାତ୍ ହାତଘଣ୍ଟା ଉପରେ ନଜର ଗୋଟିଏ କଥା ମଧ୍ୟ ତାଙ୍କ ମନରେ ଥିଲା । ସେ ଶେଷ କରିବାପାଇଁ ତତ୍ପର ହୋଇଉଠିଲେ । କିଛି ସମୟ ପରେ ସେ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି hardware ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ କେହି ନ ଥିଲାବେଳେ ନିଜ ସହିତ କଥା ପକାଇ ଦେଖିଲେ ସମୟ ଦଶଟା ବାଜି ୧୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ହେଲାଣି । ଅନ୍ୟ ନିଜର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଶେଷ କରିବାପାଇଁ ତତ୍ପର ହୋଇଉଠିଲେ ।

କିଛି ସମୟ ପରେ ସେ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି hardware ଦୋକାନ ଆଗରେ ଠିଆ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଗଲେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଅନ୍ଧାର ହେତୁ ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ମୁହଁ ଦେଖିପାରୁ ନ ଥିଲେ । ସେ ଲୋକଜଣକୁ କିଛି କହିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ମନ ବଦଳାଇ ରହିଗଲେ । ଲୋକଜଣକ ନିଜକୁ ପୋଲିସ୍ ସନ୍ଦେହରୁ ମୁକ୍ତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ନିଜଆଡ଼ୁ କଥା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ । ସେ ପୋଲିସ୍‌ବାବୁଙ୍କୁ କହିଲେ ସେ ଏଠି ଜଣେ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଛନ୍ତି ଯାହା ସହିତ ଆଜି ଦିନରେ ଭେଟ ହେବାପାଇଁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ତଳେ ସେମାନେ କଥା ହୋଇଥିଲେ । କଥାଟା ବଡ଼ ମଜାଳିଆ ହେଲେ ବି ସତ୍ୟ ଥିଲା । ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ତଳେ ଏହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଏକ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ ଥିଲା ଯାହାର ନାମ ଥିଲା Brady’s Restaurant । ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ ତାଙ୍କ କଥାରେ ସମ୍ମତ ହେଲେ ଓ କହିଲେ ଏହି ପାଞ୍ଚ ବର୍ଷ ତଳେ ଏହାକୁ ଏକ ଷ୍ଟୋରରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଇଛି । ଲୋକଟି ଠିକ୍ ଏହି ସମୟରେ ଦିଆସିଲି କାଠି ମାରି ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଲଗାଇବାବେଳେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଜଣଙ୍କ ତାଙ୍କ ମୁହଁ ସାମାନ୍ୟ ଦେଖୁ ପାରିଥିଲେ ।

Glossary:
wit (n): the ability to say or write things that are both clever and amusing She is a women of wit and intelligence.
wordplay: use of words (ଶବ୍ଦର ବ୍ୟବହାର) He makes better wordplay in his writings.
characterization: characters in a book or play seem real (ଖେଳ ବାସ୍ତବ ମନେହୁଏ). The success of the play depends much on its characterization.
surprise: unexpected event or happenings, a feeling of astonishment (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ) Her position in the top ten was a surprise in the last H.S.C. examination.
value: worth (ମୂଲ୍ୟ) We should better understand the value of life.
relationship: relation among people, friendship (ଲୋକମାନେ, ବନ୍ଧୁତା) He should regard our relationship.
triumph: victory, win (ଜିତନ୍ତୁ) Indians are happy with our World-Cup triumph.
on the beat: on the route doing patrol duty (ପାଟ୍ରୋଲିଂ କରୁଥିବା ମାର୍ଗରେ | କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ)
quiet road: road free from noise (ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ମୁକ୍ତ ରାସ୍ତା) He was walking freely on a quiet road.
habitual: doing something continuously (କ୍ରମାଗତ ଭାବରେ କିଛି କରିବା)
spectators: unlookers, viewers (ଦର୍ଶକ) Spectators sit in the gallery to watch the match.
kept early hours : went back home early in the night (ଶୀଘ୍ର ଘରକୁ ଫେରିଗଲେ ରାତିରେ)
chilly winds: too cold winds (ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଥଣ୍ଡା ପବନ) We could not go out because of chilly winds blowing outside.
drizzle: dribble, raining lightly (ହାଲୁକା ବର୍ଷା) There was a drizzle in the morning.
depeopled: emptied of people (ଲୋକମାନେ) The streets of the city were depeopled by the evening as curfew was declared.
examining : inspecting, searching, checking (ଯାଞ୍ଚ, ଖୋଜିବା, ଯାଞ୍ଚ କରୁଛି )
playful : full of fun (ମଜା ରେ ପରିପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ) His activities were mostly playful.
movements: moving (ଗତିଶୀଳ) We cannot feel the movements of earth.
small stick : (here) lathi (ଏଠାରେ) ଲାଥୀThe policeman always moves with a small stick or lathi.
stalwart: sturdy, well-built (ବଳିଷ୍ଠ, ସୁଗଠିତ) He is a man of stalwart figure.
guardian of the law: protector of law (ଆଇନର ରକ୍ଷକ) The policeman is a guardian of the law.
tailoring shop : dressmaker’s shop (ଡ୍ରେସମେକରଙ୍କ ଦୋକାନ)
watchful eyes: vigilant eyes (ସଜାଗ ଆଖି) Nobody can escape from his watchful eye.
pale face : whitish face (ଧଳା ଚେହେରା)
square jaws : jaws having equal sides (ସମାନ ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱ ଥିବା ଜହ୍ନଗୁଡିକ)
white scar: a white mark left on the skin (ଧଳା ଦାଗ)
ashamed: felt shame (ଲଜ୍ଜା ଅନୁଭବ କଲା) He is ashamed of his bad manner.
notorious: famous for bad quality (କୁଖ୍ୟାତ) Terrorists are notorious criminals.
counterfeit: illegal (ନକଲି)
serious affair: grave matter (ଗୁରୁତର ବିଷୟ) Terrorism is a serious affair of our country.
lamp-post: a post giving light (ଆଲୋକ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରୁଥିବା ଏକ ପୋଷ୍ଟ) He was standing under a lamp-post and waiting for a friend.
five-dollar note : ପାଞ୍ଚ ଡଲାରର ନୋଟ୍
reconstructed photograph: picture of a person drawn by experts basing on the reports about his or her face (ଚିତ୍ରିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କ ଚିତ୍ର | ବିଶେଷଜ୍ଞଙ୍କ ଦ୍ ରା)The reconstructed photograph of the leader of the terrorist was broadcasted in T.V
described: saw (from a distance) ଦେଖ (ଦୂରରୁ)
suspicious: doubtful (ସନ୍ଦେହଜନକ) Police can detain suspicious people for investivation.

Think it out:

Question 1.
How does the writer describe the atmosphere of the story?
Answer:
The story begins with a policeman doing the patroling duty in a street of New York. The time was 10 o’ clock at night. The strict was almost calm and quiet and people had gone home in the early hours of the evening because of bad weather. The business houses were mostly closed and darkness has covered the major part of the street. It was all due to chilly winds and light raining. Few lights were coming from a cigar store, an whole-night hotel and one or two tailoring shops completing the day’s work. The area coming under the lamp-posts were little lighted. Thus, the atmosphere was somewhat unsuitable and unfavourable.

Question 2.
How did the policeman perform his duties?
Answer:
The polieman was on the route doing patrol duty. He was moving smartly. His smartness was real and not for the show. It was night and most of the business houses in the street were closed early due to bad weather. There was darkness everywhere except light coming from few shops and lamp-posts. In spite of this, the policeman was inspecting every closed doors. He was holding a lathi and making some funny movements. The policeman, with his well-built figure and smart movements was proving himself as the guardian of law. He was very watchful and cast his eyes on the entire peaceful road. He was seriously searching a notorious criminal from Chicago. This duty was assigned to him by his boss and he was very confident as a dutiful officer for the last eighteen years to do the job perfectly.

Question 3.
What picture of the wanted criminal do you get from the text?
Answer:
The picture of the wanted criminal given to the polcieman in the morning of the said day was as follows. The criminal had a pale face, square jaws, deep and dark eyes, and a little white scar near the right eyebrow. The criminal’s name was not known and he was involved in a serious affair of printing counterfeit notes. The criminal was from Chicago. The policeman had a five dollar note and a reconstructed photograph of the criminal in his pocket.

Question 4.
How did the stranger try to interact with the policeman?
Answer:
The stranger, who was standing in front of a darkened hardware store, saw a policeman coming towards him. He thought that the policeman would suspect him as he did not know his story. So when the policeman walked upto him, he said to him that he was just waiting for a friend. It was an appointment made twenty years ago. It was a truth, though it seemed funny. To remove the doubts of the policeman, he narrated that about twenty years ago there was a restaurant where this store stands. Its name was “Brady’s Restaurant”. Then the policeman said that it was changed into a store just five years ago. In this way the stranger interacted with the policeman.

Question 5.
How did the policeman see the stranger’s face?
Answer:
The stranger standing at the doorway of the hardware store, was interacting with the policeman. As the place was dark the face of the stranger could not be seen. In the meanwhile, he wanted to smoke and thus struck a match and lit his cigar. This provided a chance to the policeman to see the face of the man.

Unit – II

Gist :
The man narrating about his friend said that he had last dined with his friend Jimmy Wells at Brady’s Restaurant twenty years ago tonight. Jimmy was his best friend and the finest man in the world. He said that they were bom and brought up in New York just like two brothers. When they left each other he was eighteen and Jimmy was twenty. He went to Chicago in the West to make my fortune. But Jimmy, as liked to stay at home, was unwilling to go the West with him. For Jimmy New York was the best place to live in on the earth.

Accordingly they took our last parting dinner at Brady’s Restaurant that night and agreed that they would meet here again exactly twenty years from that date and time in spite of their distant living or whatever conditions of life of theirs. They also felt that in twenty years each of them have made his career and met the destiny of life. The policeman listening to it said that it was very interesting. He asked the man about their contacts between this long gap. The man said that they were in touch for a year or two. But after that they lost contact of each other and remained busy in their own affairs. The man said that though Chicago was his headquarter, he kept on moving here and there.

That time he had come to meet his friend after a long interval and he had deep faith to meet his friend there. He said that his friend was very sincere and true to his words. He would never forget it. His coming to that place from a distance of thousand miles would be fruitful if he could meet his old friend there. His friend would come difinitely. Saying so, he looked at his diamond watch and it was ten twenty-five. He remembered the time that was exactly half past ten when they parted here at the restaumt door. Then the policeman wanted to know whether he had earned lots of money in the West.

He admitted of his good earnings and expressed his hope that his friend Jimmy also had earned the half of his income. He said that his friend, though a nice man, was very slow in his earnings. But he had to compete with the most cunning people of the world to earn his dollars. A man in the New York becomes very ordinary but the West makes a man to face much competition. The policeman while leaving asked the man whether he would wait his friend or not, if he would not come at the appointed time. He said that he would give his friend half an hour to come. If he was alive on earth he would be there by that time. After that, the policeman took leave of this man by wishing ‘Good-night’.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ଲୋକଟି ତାଙ୍କ ସାଙ୍ଗ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରି କହିଲେ, ସେ ଆଜକୁ କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷତଳେ ଏହି ବ୍ରାଡ଼ି ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ଆଜି ରାତିରେ ଶେଷଥର ପାଇଁ ମିଶି ଖାଇଥିଲେ । ଜିମି ତାଙ୍କର ସବୁଠାରୁ ଉତ୍ତମ ବନ୍ଧୁ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀରେ ଅତି ଭଲ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସେ ଜଣେ । ସେ କହିଲେ, ଆମେ ଦୁଇଜଣ ନିଉୟର୍କରେ ଦୁଇ ଭାଇ ଭଳି ଜନ୍ମ ହୋଇ ବଢ଼ିଥିଲୁ । ଆମେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ପରସ୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ହେଲୁ ମୋତେ ଅଠର ବର୍ଷ ଏବଂ ଜିହ୍ନିକୁ କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।

ମୁଁ ମୋର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଗଢ଼ିବାକୁ ଚିକାଗୋ ଗଲି । ଜିଛି କିନ୍ତୁ ଘର ଛାଡ଼ି କୁଆଡ଼େ ଯିବ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି କହିଲା । ନିଉୟର୍କ ତା’ପାଇଁ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ସବୁଠାରୁ ଭଲ ସ୍ଥାନ ଥିଲା । ସେହି ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଆମେ ଶେଷଥର ପାଇଁ ବ୍ରାଡ଼ି ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ରାତ୍ରିଭୋଜନ ଖାଇଲୁ ଏବଂ ରାଜି ହେଲୁ ଆଜକୁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ଏହି ଦିନ ଏହି ତାରିଖ ଏହି ସମୟ ଏବଂ ଏହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଆମେ ଯେକୌଣସି ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଥିଲେ ବି ଆସି ଭେଟ ହେବା । ସେଦିନ ପରସ୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ହେଲାବେଳକୁ ସମୟ ଥିଲା ରାତ୍ର ୧୦ ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ।

ଆମେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଭାବିଲୁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ଆମେ ନିଜର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଗଢ଼ି ସାରି । ଲୋକଟିର କଥାକୁ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣକ ଶୁଣୁଥିଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ଏହା ତ ବଡ଼ କୌତୁହଳପ୍ରଦ କଥା ! ସେ ପଚାରିଲେ, ଆଚ୍ଛା ଏହି କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ କୌଣସି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନ ଥିଲା କି ? ଲୋକଜଣକ କହିଲେ, ହଁ ଥିଲା, ତାହା କେବଳ ପ୍ରଥମ ବର୍ଷେ କିମ୍ବା ୨ ବର୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏବଂ ପରେ ପରେ ଆମେ ନିଜ ନିଜ କାମରେ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ରହିଗଲୁ ।

ଲୋକଟି କହିଲା, ଚିକାଗୋ ମୋର ମୁଖ୍ୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାଳୟ ହେଲେ ବି ମୁଁ ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ ଘୂରି ବୁଲୁଥୁଲି । ଆଜି ସେ ଆସିଛି ତା’ର ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ଭେଟିବାପାଇଁ ସୁଦୂର ଚିକାଗୋରୁ ହଜାର ମାଇଲ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରି ଏବଂ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଭେଟିବ । ସେ କହିଲେ ମୋର ସାଙ୍ଗ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସତ୍ୟବାନ୍ ଏବଂ ସଚ୍ଚା ଏବଂ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ମୋତେ ଭେଟିବାକୁ ଆସିବ । ଏହା କହି ଲୋକଟି ତାଙ୍କ ହାତରେ ଥ‌ିବା ହୀରା ଘଣ୍ଟାଟିକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେତେବେଳକୁ ୧୦ଟା ୨୫ ମିନିଟ୍ ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସେ ମନେ ପକାଇଲେ ସେ ସେଦିନ ରାତ୍ର ୧୦ଟା ୩୦ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ସେମାନେ ପରସ୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଲଗା ହୋଇଥିଲେ । ତା’ପରେ ପୋଲିସ୍ ବାବୁଜଣଙ୍କ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ତାଙ୍କ ରୋଜଗାର ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେ ସେଠାରେ ତାଙ୍କ ଭଲ ରୋଜଗାର କଥା ମାନିଲେ ଏବଂ ଆଶା କଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ସାଙ୍ଗ ମଧ୍ଯ ଅତି କମ୍‌ରେ ତାଙ୍କ ରୋଜଗାରର।

Think it out

Question 1.
What was the appointment made between two friends twenty years before?
Answer:
The two friends in the story are Bob and Jimmy Wells. Both were born and brought up in New York and bred like two brothers. When they come of age, Bob went to the West to make his fortune but Jimmy stayed in New York. On the day of parting, they had dined together in a restaurant and agreed that night that they would meet here again exactly twenty years from that date and time in spite of their distant living and conditions. This appointment was made between two friends twenty years ago.

Question 2.
What information about the friends do you gather from their conversation?
Answer:
After listening to the man about their appointment that was made twenty years ago, the policeman expressed his curiosity to know more about them. He asked the man about their correspondence, if any, during this long gap. The man said that they were in touch for a year or two but after that they lost contact of each other. It was perhaps due to increase of work and personal involvement. He said that though Chicago was his main place of living, he moved extensively in and outside of it. Then shifting his mind to his friend the man said that his friend Jimmy was always very sincere and true to his words.

He would never forget their appointment. He would meet him definitely. He had come from a distance of thousand miles to meet him and it would be worthwhile if his old friend comes back. Saying so he looked at his diamond watch and the time was ten twenty-five. He said that it was exactly half past ten when they parted there at the restaurant door twenty years ago. This Brady’s Restaurant had been changed into a hardware store. The policeman asked about his good income in the West which he admitted. He also expressed that his friend Jimmy would be earning at least half of his income.

Though a good human being, Jimmy was very slow in brain. He had to compete with the cleverest people of the world in Chicago for his livelihood. He said that life in the West was very fast and one had to struggle hard for earning and living. But in New York one became very ordinary. The policeman listened to all these and said him that his friend would be coming around. Before leaving him, he asked him whether he would wait for his friend or not. The man said that he would wait for his friend for an hour only. He would definitely come by that time. In short, two friends naturally exchanged pleasant words and talked old times without recognizing each other.

Unit – III

Introduction:
In this part of the story “After Twenty Years” the readers get surprised by coming across an unexpected situation. It gives a kind of displeasure as well as pleasure to the readers when they read about the arrest of a friend by another friend who has done it for the sake of his duty at the cost of personal relationship. Readers express sympathy on the friend who had come to meet his friend from a long distance after twenty years and got arrested by his friend. They also admire the another friend who out of his devotion to duty got his friend arrested by keeping personal relationship away from duty. Let us read the story to know the interesting happenings.

Gist:
The cold wind was blowing severely with the rain continuing all over the street. The few people who were out had hurried home. The man, who had come from thousand miles to meet an appointment at the doorway of the hardware store, was smoking and waiting his friend Jimmy Wells. About twenty minutes of his waiting a tall man wearing a long overcoat with collar turned upto his ears appeared before the man. “Is that you, Bob ? ” he asked doubtfully. “Is that you, Jimmy Wells ?” asked the man.

They shook their hands. Bob said that he was sure to find him there if he was alive. Jimmy said that they would have dined again if that old restaurant had existed. Then, he asked his friend about his days in the West. He said that the West had given him every thing. The man also enquired about Jimmy. Jimmy said that he was well and working in a departmental store as assitant manager. He was getting good salary and other benefits. Then he told Bob to go round to a place and talk about their old days. The two friends walked on the street holding arm in arm. Bob was talking of his possessions and of his important friend’s in Chicago elsewhere. The other friend wearing a overcoat was listening with deep attention.

They could not see each other’s face in the darkness. They came near a medicine store located in a lighted area. There they could see each other’s face. Bob stopped suddenly and freed his arm from his friend’s arm. He said to tha man that he was not Jimmy. Twenty years is a long time but not long enough to change a man’s sharp nose to a flat one. The tall man said that it sometimes changes a good man into a bad one. Then he arrested Bob and told that the Commissioner of Police, Chicago wanted to talk with Bob in connection with some bundles of five dollar counterfeit notes. He took Bob to the police station.

While going to the police station, the tall man handed over a letter to Bob by saying that it was from Assistant Sub-Inspector Jimmy Wells. The friend from Chicago opened the letter and it was a short note. “Bob: I was at the apointed place on time. When you struck the match to light your cigar I saw it was the face of the man wanted in Chicago. Somehow I could not do it myself, so I went around and got a plain-clothes policeman to do the job.” It was revealed from the story that though Jimmy knew his friend, the wanted criminal he made him arrested. He ignored his personal relationship when it came in the way of his duty. His devotion to duty was so much that it undermined his personal relationship. Only a few people could do it and Jimmy Wells was one of them.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ନିଉୟର୍କ ସହରର ସେହି ଗଳିରେ ସେଦିନ ଥଣ୍ଡା ବଢ଼ି ବଢ଼ି ଯାଉଥିଲା ଏବଂ ତା’ ସାଙ୍ଗକୁ ବର୍ଷା ମଧ୍ଯ । ଯେଉଁ କେତେକ ଅଳ୍ପ ଲୋକ ବାହାରେ ରହିଥିଲେ ସେମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଘରକୁ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଫେରି ଗଲେଣି । କିନ୍ତୁ ହଜାର ମାଇଲ ଅତିକ୍ରମ କରି ସୁଦୂର ଚିକାଗୋରୁ ନିଜ ବନ୍ଧୁଙ୍କୁ ୨୦ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ ଆସିଥିବା ଲୋକଟି ସେହି hardware ଷ୍ଟୋର ଆଗରେ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସେ ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଟାଣୁଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ସାଙ୍ଗ ଜିୱି ୱେଲସ୍ ଆସିବା ବାଟକୁ ଅନାଇ ବସିଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବାର ପ୍ରାୟ ୨୦ ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ ଜଣେ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ଲୋକ ସାଧା ପୋଷାକରେ ଏକ ଲମ୍ବାକୋର୍ଟ ପିନ୍ଧି ତାଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ।

‘ତୁମେ ବବ୍ କି ?”’ ସେ ସହେନ୍ଦରେ ପଚାରିଲେ । ‘ତୁମେ କ’ଣ ଜିହ୍ନି ୱେଲସ୍ ?”’ ଲୋକଟି ପଚାରିଲା । ପରିଚୟ ମିଳିଥିବାରୁ ସେମାନେ ହାତ ମିଳାଇଲେ । ବବ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ମୁଁ ନିଶ୍ଚିନ୍ତ ଥୁଲି, ତୁମେ ଯଦି ବଞ୍ଚାଅ ଆସିବ ।’’ ଜିହ୍ନି କହିଲେ, ‘ଆଜି ଯଦି ସେ ପୁରୁଣା ଭୋଜନାଳୟଟି ଥାଆନ୍ତା ଆମେ ପୁଣିଥରେ ସେଠି ଭୋଜନ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତେ । ଆଚ୍ଛା ହେଉ, ତୁମେ ପଶ୍ଚିମରେ କେମିତି ଅଛ କୁହ।’’ ଉତ୍ତରରେ ବବ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ପଶ୍ଚିମାଞ୍ଚଳ ମତେ ସବୁକିଛି ଦେଇଛି । ତୁମେ ନିଉୟର୍କରେ କେମିତି ଅଛ ?’’ ସେ କହିଲେ ‘ମୁଁ ଭଲରେ ଅଛି ଏବଂ ଏକ ଡିପାର୍ଟମେଣ୍ଟାଲ ଷ୍ଟୋରରେ ଉପମ୍ୟାନେଜର ଭାବରେ କାମ କରୁଛି । ମୁଁ ଭଲ ଦରମା ସହ ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ସୁବିଧା ମଧ୍ଯ ପାଉଛି ।’’ ତା’ପରେ ସେ କହିଲେ ‘ବବ୍, ଆସ ଆଗକୁ ଟିକେ ବୁଲିଯିବା ଏବଂ ଆମର ସେହି ପୁରୁଣା ଦିନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଷୟରେ କଥା ହେବା ।’’ ଦୁଇ ଜଣଯାକ ସାଙ୍ଗ ହାତ ଧରାଧରି ହୋଇ ଗଳି ରାସ୍ତାରେ ଆଗେଇ ଚାଲିଲେ ।

ବବ୍ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ଥିବା ତାଙ୍କର ଧନ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତି, କୋଠାବାଡ଼ି ଏବଂ ଧନୀ ଓ ପ୍ରତିପତ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ କହି ଚାଲିଲେ । ଅନ୍ୟ ସାଙ୍ଗଟି ସାଧା ପୋଷାକ ଉପରେ ଏକ ଓଭରକୋର୍ଟ ପିନ୍ଧି ବାଟ ଚାଲୁଥିଲାବେଳେ ତାଙ୍କ କଥା ମନଦେଇ ଶୁଣୁଥା’ନ୍ତି । ସେମାନେ ପରସ୍ପରର ମୁହଁକୁ ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ଦେଖ୍ ପାରୁନଥିଲେ । ସେମାନେ ଆସ୍ତେ ଆସ୍ତେ ଆଲୋକିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଏକ ଔଷଧ ଦୋକାନ ପାଖରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ । ସେଠାରେ ସେମାନେ ପରସ୍ପରର ମୁହଁକୁ ଦେଖିପାରିଲେ । ବବ୍ ହଠାତ୍ ରହିଗଲେ ଏବଂ ସାଙ୍ଗ ହାତରୁ ହାତ କାଢ଼ିନେଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ‘ଆପଣ ତ ଜିଛି ୱେଲସ୍ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି । କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ଏକ ଲମ୍ବା ସମୟ ହୋଇପାରେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଏତେ ଲମ୍ବା ନୁହେଁ ଯେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଗୋଜିଆ ନାକକୁ ଚେପ୍‌ଟା ବବ୍ ହଠାତ୍ ରହିଗଲେ ଏବଂ ସାଙ୍ଗ ହାତରୁ ହାତ କାଢ଼ିନେଲେ ଏବଂ କହିଲେ ‘ଆପଣ ତ ଜିଛି ୱେଲସ୍ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି । କୋଡ଼ିଏ ବର୍ଷ ଏକ ଲମ୍ବା ସମୟ ହୋଇପାରେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଏତେ ଲମ୍ବା ନୁହେଁ ଯେ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଗୋଜିଆ ନାକକୁ ଚେପ୍‌ଟା ନାକରେ ବଦଳାଇ ଦେବ ।’’

ଡେଙ୍ଗା ଲୋକଟି କହିଲେ, ‘ଏହି ଲମ୍ବା ସମୟ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଜଣେ ଭଲ ଲୋକକୁ ଖରାପ ଲୋକ କରିଦିଏ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ତୁମକୁ ଆରେଷ୍ଟ କରାଗଲା। ଚିକାଗୋର ପୋଲିସ୍ କମିଶନର ତୁମ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ କଥା ହେବାପାଇଁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତୁମ ସହିତ କିଛି ଜାଲନୋଟ୍ ବିଷୟରେ କଥା ହେବେ । ତୁମେ କୌଣସି ଚାଲବାଜି ନ କରି ମୋ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଆସ ।’’ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଷ୍ଟେସନ୍‌କୁ ଗଲାବାଟରେ ସାଧା ପୋଷାକଧାରୀ ପୋଲିସ୍‌ ତାଙ୍କ “‘ବବ୍, ମୁଁ ଠିକ୍ ସମୟରେ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଧାରିତ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଥୁଲି । ତୁମେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ସିଗାରେଟ୍ ଲଗାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଦିଆସିଲି କାଠି ଲଗାଇଲ ମୁଁ ସେହି ଆଲୋକରେ ତୁମ ମୁହଁକୁ ଦେଖୁଲି ଓ ଜାଣିଲି ଏ ହେଉଛି ସେହି ମୁହଁ ଯାହାକୁ ଚିକାଗୋରେ ମୋଷ୍ଟ ୱାଣ୍ଟେଡ୍ ତାଲିକାରେ ରଖାଯାଇଛି ।ଯାହାହେଉ ମୁଁ ସେ କାମ କରିପାରିଲିନି । ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ଚାଲିଗଲି ଏବଂ ଏକ ସାଧାପୋଷାକଧାରୀ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଜରିଆରେ ତୁମକୁ ବନ୍ଦୀ କଲି ।’’ ଏହି ଗଳ୍ପରୁ ପ୍ରତୀୟମାନ ହେଉଛି ଯେ ଜିୱି ଏକ ପୋଲିସ୍ ଭାବରେ ନିଜର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ସମ୍ପାଦନ କରିବାକୁ ଯାଇ ତାଙ୍କର ଜଣେ ଅପରାଧୀ ବନ୍ଧୁଙ୍କୁ ବନ୍ଦୀ କଲେ । କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଆଗରେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଆସିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ପ୍ରଥମଟିକୁ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦେଲେ । ଏହା କେବଳ ଖୁବ୍ କମ୍ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ପକ୍ଷରେ ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଏବଂ ଜିମି ୱେଲସ୍ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଥିଲେ ଜଣେ ।

Glossary:
unexpected: not expected An unexpected (ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ) danger puzzled him.
twist: put into confusion (ଦ୍ୱନ୍ଦ୍ୱରେ ପକାନ୍ତୁ) He is twist and is unable to take a decision about his future.
hardware store: deals with hardware (ହାର୍ଡୱେର୍) He is a manager of a hardware store.
puffed up: feeling proud (ଗର୍ବିତ ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଛି )He was puffed up by the his success in the civil examination.
sure as fate: very certain (ବହୁତ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ) His achievement was sure as fate.
rapt: deep (ଗଭୀର) He listened to the discussion with rapt attention.

Think it out:

Question 1.
How long did the man from the West wait? What was weather then?
Answer:
The man from the West waited about twenty minutes and then a tallman in a long overcoat came from the opposite side of the street to meet him. The weather then was very bad. The wind was too cold and the rain was continuing. People who were out hurried up home.

Question 2.
How did the man from the West and the man in a long overcoat greet each other?
Answer:
When the man from the West was waiting at the doorway of the hardware store, the man in a long overcoat appeared. Looking at the man at the hardware store he doubtfully asked, “Is that you, Bob ?” “Is that you, Jimmy Wells V asked Bob. Then they could know each other and shook hands. “Bless my heart !” exclaimed the new arrival. In this way they greeted each other.

Question 3.
When did Bob realise that the tall man he had met was not Jimmy Wells?
Answer:
When Bob and the tall man reached at the medicine store walking arm in arm, they could see each other’s face in the electric lights. Bob suddenly stopped by leaving his arm. He thought that how this tall man with flat nose would be Jimmy Wells who had a sharp nose. One could be 6 to 8 inch long in twenty years time but it is not long enough to convert a sharp nose to a flat nose. Thus Bob realised that the tall man he had met was not Jimmy Wells.

Question 4.
Why did Jimmy get Bob arrested?
Answer:
Jimmy, who was a policeman, was a man of principle, honest and dutiful. Bob, on the other hand, was a professional criminal who printed counterfeit notes and earned easy money. Once upon a time in twenty years ago they were good friends. Before they got separated, they had promised to meet each other at the Brady’s Restaurant where they had taken their last dinner. But when they meet, Jimmy saw the
face of the man who was wanted in Chicago. The responsibility and devotion of his duty made him to ignore his personal relationship. Therefore he got him arrested.

Question 5.
Did Jimmy keep his appointment with Bob after twenty years? What consideration did he show for his old friend?
Answer:
Yes, Jimmy did so because he was exactly on time at the hardware store where they decided to meet after twenty years. He kept his appointment. At the same time he was assigned the duty to catch a notorious criminal from Chicago. He had the reconstructed photograph of the criminal with him which matched the face of his friend. So he did not disclose his identity. As a policeman he considered his duty more than his friendship. Thus instead of enjoying with his old friend Bob after twenty years, he made him arrested by another policeman’ who played the role of Jimmy Wells. Though he did not arrest his friend directly he did it by another policeman. This could be his only

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English After Twenty Years Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Examining closed doors as he went, making various interesting and playful movements with his small stick, the officer, with his stalwart figure and smart movements made a fine picture of the guardian of the law. He could see a few lights coming from a cigar store, an all-night hotel, and one or two tailoring shops completing the day’s work. The majority of the houses were business places that had long since been closed. Now and then he would suddenly turn about, and cast his watchful eye along the peaceful road. He was thinking of what his boss had said in the morning: “Pale face, square jaws, deep and dark eyes, and a little white scar near the right eyebrow.” As a part of the police organization, he felt a little ashamed that the name of this notorious criminal was still unknown, and that he was still at large. Printing counterfeit notes was a serious affair, he knew, and the criminal must be caught. He took out his pocket-book under a lamp-post and looked at the five-dollar note and the reconstructed photograph. He became thoughtful: Chicago – a thousand miles away. What chance ?” Then he said to himself aloud, ‘Never mind, my boy, you have been a dutiful one these last eighteen years, and luck owes you a debt.’ He was in the habit of talking to himself, sometimes,- when nobody was by. And he liked to refer to himself as a boy, though he was forty. There was another thing in his mind. He looked at his watch, – a quarter past ten; fifteen minutes more. It was a long road; but there was enough time. After a minute he descried about five hundred metres ahead the outline of a man near the doorway of a darkened hardware store. He quickened his steps. The place was slightly dark, lying exactly midway between two lamp-posts. He was about to address the man, but changed his mind and allowed the man to begin. The man realised that the way he was standing there must look suspicious to one who didn’t know his story. So he said, as the policeman walked up to him: ‘It’s all right, officer; I’am just waiting for a friend. It is an appointment made twenty years ago. It sounds a little funny to you, doesn’t it? Well, I’ll explain so as to remove all suspicion from your mind: About twenty years ago there used to be a restaurant where this store stands, “Brady’s Restaurant.”

Questions :
(i) Describe the policeman’s feelings while doing patrol duty?
(ii) ‘There was another thing in his mind.’ What was that?

Answers :
(i) The policeman was assigned a duty to catch a die-hard criminal. He was in search of that notorious criminal. He was quite sure to be successful in performing his duty. He thought that he had been a sincere and dutiful policeman since last eighteen years and luck always remained with him. At the same time he felt a little ashamed that the name of such a notorious criminal was still unknown to the police department. Thus, the policeman had serious feelings while doing patrol duty.
(ii) Though police man was assigned a duty to catch a notorious criminal, still there was another thing in his mind. Perhaps he had to meet someone or to do something on a particular time. Therefore, he looked at his watch and said that there was more fifteen minutes in his hand.

Question 2.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
The two men started up the streets, arm in arm. The man from the West, somewhat puffed up by success, was talking of his possessions and of his important friends in Chicago and elsewhere. The other, covered with his overcoat, was listening with rapt attention. They had not yet taken a good look at each other’s face. They neared a medicine store lit brilliantly, with electric lights. There each of them turned simultaneously to gaze at the other’s face. The man from the West stopped suddenly and let go the other’s arm.
‘You’re not Jimmy Wells’, he faltered. ‘Twenty year is a long time, but not long enough to change a man’s sharp nose to a flat one?’
‘It sometimes changes a good man into a bad one’, said the tall man.
‘You’ve been under arrest for ten minutes, Bob, or whatever your name is. The Commissioner of police, Chicago, longs to have a chat with you in connection with some bundles of five-dollar notes, which have come his way. Come quietly, please, and no tricks. Before we gQ to the station, here’s a note I was asked to give you. It’s from Assistant Sub-Inspector Jimmy Wells.’ The man from the West unfolded the little piece of paper handed to him. His hand was steady when he began to read, but it trembled a little by the time he had finished. The note was rather short.
‘Bob: I was at the appointed place on time. When you struck the match to light your cigar I saw it was theface of the man wanted in Chicago. Somehow I couldn ’t do it myself, so I went around and got a plain-clothes policeman to do the job.’

Questions :
(i) Give a picture of Bob and Jimmy when they were in the streets?
(ii) Comment on the ending of the story.

Answers :
(i) We find the two friends, Bob and Jimmy, in the streets walking arm in arm. Bob who had now come from the West was in high spirits. Unprecedented success had made him as if he were over the moon. He kept on talking of his wealth and of his great friends in Chicago. Jimmy, covered with his overcoat, was listening with deep attention. In spite of being with each other for some time, they had not looked distinctly at each other. The inevitable happened. They gazed at each other’s face at the same time.
(ii) The two friends, Bob and Jimmy, have kept their appointment after twenty years, but there is a turning point in the end. Bob is shocked in disbelief when the man tells him that he has been under arrest. The man talking to him is asked to hand over him a note which outlines Jimmy’s arrival at the appointed place on time and recognition of his face wanted in Chicago while lighting his cigar and his inability to arrest his friend and hence through a plain-clothes policeman. This is the consideration Jimmy Wells showed for his old friend Bob. Honest and dutiful as he is, Jimmy Wells has done his job perfectly. The ending is superb for its ‘O’ Henry Twist’ or suprising ending.

Introducing the Author:
William Sydney Porter was an American writer. He was known by his pen name O’ Henry. He lived for a successful period of forty-eight years. Before his death, he had written a good number of short stories. All his short stories are known for their wit, wordplay, warm characterization and surprise.

About the Story: 
Now-a-days people mostly value their personal relationship. They even undermine their duty when it clashes with their personal relationship. But there are still people who prefer duty to their relationship. Duty is god to them. O’ Henry describes this story to show – ‘Devotion to duty triumps over personal relationship’. In the story, there are two friends who gets separated at a point of time and meet again after a period of twenty years. But the duty of a friend compels him to undermine his relationship. A friend in the way of his duty has been forced to arrest his friend. The story is narrated in three units which depicts the irony and pathos of life in a subtle and dramatic manner.

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 12 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 9 Integration Ex 9(f) Textbook Exercise questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Solutions Chapter 9 Integration Exercise 9(f)

Evaluate the following Integrals.
Question 1.
(i) ∫\(\frac{4 x-9}{x^2-5 x+6}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{3 x}{(x-4)(x+2)}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{5 x-12}{(2 x-3)(x-6)}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{20 x+3}{6 x^2-x-2}\) dx
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{2 x^2}{(x-1)(x-2)(x-3)}\) dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫\(\frac{12 x^4-2 x^3-4 x^2+x-3}{6 x^2-x-2}\) dx
Solution:

Question 2.
(i) ∫\(\frac{2 x+9}{(x+3)^2}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{5 x^2+4 x+4}{(x+2)(x+2)^2}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{x^2+7 x+4}{x^3+x^2-x-1}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{x^4+3 x^3+x^2-1}{x^3+x^2-x-1}\) dx
Solution:

Question 3.
(i) ∫\(\frac{4 x^2-x+3}{\left(x^2+1\right)(x-1)}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{5 x}{\left(x^2-2 x+2\right)(x+1)}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{3}{x^3-1}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{x^5+x^4+x^3+x^2+4 x+1}{x^3+1}\) dx
Solution:

Question 4.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{x^2-5}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{2 x^2+8 x+7}\)
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{x+3}{2 x^2+8 x+7}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{4 x^2+20 x+25}{2 x^2+8 x+7}\) dx
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{e^x}{e^{2 x}+3 e^x+1}\) dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫\(\frac{\tan ^2 \theta+1}{\tan ^2 \theta-1}\) dθ
Solution:

Question 5.
(i) ∫\(\frac{d x}{3-x^2}\)
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{7-x^2+6 x}\)
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\frac{x-5}{7-x^2+6 x}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫\(\frac{\cos \theta}{3-\sin ^2 \theta}\) dθ
Solution:

(v) ∫\(\frac{x^2 d x}{\left(x^2+3\right)\left(x^2+2\right)}\)
Solution:

(vi) ∫\(\frac{x^3 d x}{x^4+3 x^2+2}\) (Put x² = t)
Solution:

(vii) ∫\(\frac{d x}{\sin x(3+2 \cos x)}\) (Put cos x = z)
Solution:

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Solutions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Solutions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

Question 1.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କେଉଁ ଯୋଡ଼ା ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ।
(a) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଏବଂ ତମ୍ବାଧାତୁ ।
(b) ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଏବଂ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁ ।
(c) ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଏବଂ ସିଲ୍‌ଭର୍ ଧାତୁ । ତମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ।
(d) ସିଲ୍‌ଭର୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଏବଂ ଧାତୁ
Answer:
(d) ସିଲ୍‌ଭର ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଓ ତମ୍ବା

Question 2.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ଲୁହା ତାୱାକୁ କଳଙ୍କି ନିରୋଧପାଇଁ ବିନିଯୋଗ କରିହେବ ?
(a) ଗ୍ରୀକ୍ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଦ୍ଵାରା
(b) ରଙ୍ଗ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦ୍ଵାରା
(c) ଜିଙ୍କର ଆବରଣ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଦ୍ଵାରା
(d) ତପତୋକ୍ର ସମସ୍ତ ପ୍ରଣାଳ1 ଦ୍ବ|ରା
Answer:
(c) ଜିଙ୍କର ଆବରଣ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଦ୍ଵାରା ।

Question 3.
ଗୋଟିଏ ମୌଳିକ ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଯୌଗିକ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ । ଏହା ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ । ନିମ୍ନ ଉତ୍ତରରୁ ଉକ୍ତ ମୌଳିକଟି ବାଛ ।
(a) କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍‌
(b) କାରନ୍
(c) ପିଲିକନ୍
(d) ଆଇନ୍
Answer:
(a) କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍

Question 4.
ଖାଦ୍ୟ ଡବାଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଜିଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ପ୍ରଲେପ ନ ହୋଇ ଟିଣରେ ହୋଇଥାଏ କାରଣ–
(a) ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଟିଣଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ ଅଟେ ।
(b) ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଟିଣଠାରୁ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ।
(c) ଜିଜ୍ ଟିଣଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।
(d) ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଟିଣଠାରୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।
Answer:
(c) ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଟିଣଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।

Question 5.
ତୁମକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ହାତୁଡ଼ି, ଗୋଟିଏ ବ୍ୟାଟେରୀ, ଗୋଟିଏ ବଲ୍‌ , ତାର ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ଵିଚ୍ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।
(a) ଧାତୁ ଏବଂ ଅଧାତୁର ନମୁନାକୁ ଚିହ୍ନଟ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କିପରି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବ ?
(b) ଏହି ପରୀକ୍ଷାର ଉପଯୋଗିତାକୁ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ (Assess) କରି ଧାତବ ଏବଂ ଅଧାତବ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଦର୍ଶାଅ |
Answer:
(a)
(i) ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ନମୁନାକୁ ହାତୁଡ଼ି ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ପିଟିଲେ ଯଦି ତାହା ପ୍ରସାରିତ ହୋଇ ପତଳା ତେବେ ତାହା ଧାତୁ । ଯଦି ନମୁନାଟି ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଗୁଣ୍ଡ ହୋଇଯାଏ ତେବେ ତାହା ଅଧାତୁ ।
(ii) ଧାତୁକୁ ହାତୁଡ଼ିରେ ଆଘାତ କଲେ ସେଥୁରୁ ଧ୍ଵନି ବାହାରେ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଅଧାତୁରୁ କୌଣସି ଧ୍ବନି ବାହାରେ ନାହିଁ ।

(b) ବ୍ୟାଟେରୀ, ବଲ୍‌ବ, ତାର ଓ ସ୍ଵିକୁ ନେଇ ଚିତ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେବାଭଳି ପରିପଥ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଉ, ପରିପଥର A ଓ B ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ନମୁନାକୁ ଲଗାଇ ସୁଇଚ୍ ON କଲେ ଯଦି ବଲ୍‌ବ ଜଳିବ ତେବେ ନମୁନାଟି ଧାତୁ, ନଚେତ୍ ଅଧାତୁ ।

Question 6.
ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ? ଏହି ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଦୁଇଟି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
Answer:
ଯେଉଁ ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉଭୟ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ତାହାକୁ ଉଭୟ ଧର୍ମୀ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ବା ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ କହନ୍ତି ।

ଉଦାହରଣ :
ଜିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (ZnO) ଓ ଆଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (Al₂0₃) ଦୁଇଟି ଏମୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ।
ZnO + 2HC → ZnCl₂ + H₂O
ZnO + 2NaOH → Na₂ ZnO₂ + H₂O
Al₂O₃ + 6HCI → 2AlCl₃ + 3H₂O
Al₂O₃ + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO₂ + H₂O

Question 7.
ଦୁଇଟି ଧାତୁର ନାମ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ଯାହାକି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳରୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରେ ଏବଂ ଦୁଇଟି ଧାତୁର ନାମ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ଯାହା ଏପରି କରେ ନାହିଁ ।
Answer:
(i) ସକ୍ରିୟତା ଅନୁ କ୍ରମରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଉପରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଯେକୌଣସି ଦୁଇଟି ମୌଳିକ ନେଲେ ତାହା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନକୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବ । ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳରୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍, ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଓ ଆଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌କୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବ ।
(ii) କପର ଓ ସିଲ୍‌ଭର ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳରୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 8.
ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ଶୋଧନ ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାତୁ M ପାଇଁ, ଏନୋଡ୍, କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ୍ ଏବଂ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷ୍ୟ ରୂପେ କାହାକୁ ନିଆଯିବ ?
Answer:
ଅଶୋଧ ଧାତୁ Mକୁ ଏନୋଡ୍ ରୂପେ,ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଧାତୁ Mକୁ କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ୍ ରୂପେ ଏବଂ ଧାତୁ Mର ଲବଣକୁ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷ୍ୟରୂପେ ନିଆଯିବ ।

Question 9.
ଜଣେ ଚେପ୍‌ଟା ଚାମଚରେ ସଲ୍ଫର ପାଉଡ଼ର ନେଇ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲା ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀକୁ ଓଲଟାଇ ବାହାରୁଥ‌ିବା ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌କୁ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କଲା । (ଚିତ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେଲାପରି)
(a) ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର କ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା
(i) ଶୁଷ୍କ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜ ଉପରେ କ’ଣ ହେବ ?
ଉ : ଶୁଷ୍କ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜ ଉପରେ କୌଣସି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହେବ ନାହିଁ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର କ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ଅପରିବତ୍ତତ ରହିବ ।

(ii) ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜ ଉପରେ କ’ଣ ହେବେ ?
ଉ : ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ନୀଳ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜ ଲାଲ୍ ହେବ ।

(b) ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଏକ ସମତୁଲ
ଉ :

Question 10.
ଲୁହାର କଳଙ୍କି ନିରୋଧ ପାଇଁ ଦୁଇଟି ଉପାୟ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
(a) ଗାନାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍ (ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଲେପନ) : ଏହି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ଜିଙ୍କର ଏକ ପତଳା ସ୍ତରର ଆଚ୍ଛାଦନ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଲୁହାକୁ କଳଙ୍କି ନିରୋଧ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ।
(b) ରଙ୍ଗ ଲେପନ: ଲୌହ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଉପରେ ରଙ୍ଗର ଲେପ ଦେଇ କଳଙ୍କିରୋଧ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।

Question 11.
ଅଧାତୁ ସହ ଅକ୍ସିଜେନ୍‌ର ସଂଯୋଗ ହେଲେ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାରର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଅଧାତୁ ସହ ଅକ୍ସିଜେନ୍ ସଂଯୋଗ ହେଲେ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ବା ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।

ଉଦାହରଣ:
ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ – CO₂, SO₂
ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ – H₂O, CO, N₂O

Question 12.
କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
Answer:
(a) ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ, ସୁନା ଏବଂ ରୁପା ଗହଣା ତିଆରିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
ଉ :
(i) ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍, ସୁନା ଓ ରୁପା ସବୁଠାରୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ । ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହଜରେ ବାୟୁଦ୍ବାରା କ୍ଷୟପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।
(ii) ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅତି ନମନୀୟ, ତନ୍ୟ ଓ ଉଜ୍ଜଳ । ତେଣୁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗହଣା ତିଆରିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ

(b) ତେଲ ଭିତରେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍କୁ ଓ ଲିଥ୍ୟମ୍‌କୁ ରଖାଯାଏ ।
ଉ :
(i) ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍, ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଓ ଲିଥ୍ମ୍‌ ସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ଏତେ ଜୋରରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ଯେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗିଯାଏ ।
(ii) ତେଣୁ ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାଜନିତ ନିଆଁରୁ ରକ୍ଷା ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସର୍ବଦା କିରୋସିନ୍‌ରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖାଯାଏ ।

(c) ଯଦିଓ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଏକ ଉଚ୍ଚ କ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ମୌଳିକ, ତଥାପି ଏହାକୁ ରନ୍ଧନ ବାସନକୁସନ ତିଆରିରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
(i) ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ କ୍ଷୟରୋଧୀ ଓ ତାପର ସୁପରିବାହୀ । ଏହାର ପୃଷ୍ଠଦେଶ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଏକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାହୀନ ସ୍ତର ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।
(ii) ଏହି ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଆସ୍ତରଣ ଧାତୁକୁ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣରୁ ରକ୍ଷାକରେ । ତେଣୁ ଏହାକୁ ରନ୍ଧନ ବାସନକୁସନ ତିଆରିରେ କରାଯାଏ ।

(d) ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଓ ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ ।
ଉ : ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌କୁ ସହଜରେ ବିଜାରଣ କରି ସେଥୁରୁ ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ ଓ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡରୁ ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ ସହଜରେ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 13.
ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଦେଖୁଥ‌ିବା ମଳିନ ପଡ଼ିଥିବା ତମ୍ବା ପାତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଲେମ୍ବୁ ଏବଂ ତେନ୍ତୁଳି ରସଦ୍ଵାରା ସଫା କରାଯାଏ । କାହିଁକି ଏହି ଖଟାଜାତୀୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପାତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସଫା କରିବା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ ? ବୁଝାଅ । ମଳିନ ପଡ଼ିଥିବା ତମ୍ବା ପାତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉପରେ କପର କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ର ଏକ ସ୍ତର ଥାଏ ।
Answer:
(i) ମଳିନ ପଡ଼ିଥିବା ତମ୍ବା ପାତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉପରେ କପର କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ର ଏକ ସ୍ତର ଥାଏ ।
(ii) କ୍ଷାରୀୟ କପର କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଜଳରେ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଲେମ୍ବୁରସ ଏବଂ ତେନ୍ତୁଳି ରସ ଭଳି ଅମ୍ଳରେ ଦ୍ରୁତ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ । ତେଣୁ ସହଜରେ ତମ୍ବା ପାତ୍ରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସଫା ହୋଇଯାଏ ।

Question 14.
ଧାତୁ ଏବଂ ଅଧାତୁ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ରାସାୟନିକ ଧର୍ମଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
Answer:

Question 15.
ଗୋଟିଏ ଲୋକ ଦୁଆର ଦୁଆର ବୁଲି ନିଜକୁ ବଣିଆ ବୋଲି କହିଲା । ସେ ପୁରୁଣା ଏବଂ ମାନ୍ଦା ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାରକୁ ନୂତନ କରିଦେବ ବୋଲି ପ୍ରତିଶ୍ରୁତି ଦେଲା । ନିଃସନ୍ଦେହରେ ଜଣେ ଭଦ୍ର ମହିଳା ଏକ ଯୋଡ଼ା ଚୁଡ଼ି ତାକୁ ଦେବାରୁ ସେ ତାକୁ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇଦେଲା । ଏହାପରେ ସେହି ଚୁଡ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନୂଆପରି ଚକ୍ ଚକ୍ ହୋଇଗଲା । ମାତ୍ର ତା’ର ଓଜନ ବହୁତ କମିଗଲା । ସେହି ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲୋକଟି ଅଶାନ୍ତ ହୋଇ କିଛି ସମୟ ଯୁକ୍ତିତର୍କ କଲାପରେ
Answer:
(i) ଲୋକଟି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥିବା ଉକ୍ତ ଦ୍ରବଣର ନାମ ଆକ୍କାରେଜିଆ ବା ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ। ସଦ୍ୟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଗାଢ଼ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏବଂ ଗାଢ଼ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର 3 : 1 ମିଶ୍ରଣ । ଏ ଦୁଇ ଅମ୍ଳ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ କୌଣସିଟି ସୁନାକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହାର ମିଶ୍ରଣ ସୁନାକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରେ ।
(ii) ଅମ୍ଳରାଜରେ ଏକ ଯୋଡ଼ା ଚୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପକାଇବା ଦ୍ଵାରା କିଛି ସୁନା ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୋଇଗଲା, ଫଳରେ ଓଜନରେ

Question 16.
ଗରମ ପାଣି ଟାଙ୍କି ପାଇଁ ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍‌ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ ତମ୍ବା କାହିଁକି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
(i) ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍ ଲୁହାରେ ତିଆରି ଯାହାକି ଗରମପାଣିର ବାମ୍ଫ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ; କିନ୍ତୁ କପର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ ।
3Fe(s) + 4H₂O → Fe₃O₄(s) + 4H₂(g)
( ଗରମ)
(ii) ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍ ତୁଳନାରେ ତମ୍ବାର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଅତି ଉଚ୍ଚ ଏବଂ ତମ୍ବା ମଧ୍ୟ ଅଧିକ ତାପ ସୁପରିବାହୀ । ତେଣୁ ଗରମ ପାଣି ଟାଙ୍କି ପାଇଁ ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍‌ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତେ ତମ୍ବା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

ପ୍ରଶ୍ନବଳୀ ଓ ଉତ୍ତର:

Question 1.
ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାତୁର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ଯାହାକି
(i) ସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ତରଳ ଅଟେ
(ii) ସହଜରେ ଛୁରୀରେ କଟାଯାଇ ପାରିବ
(iii) ତାପର ସୁପରିବାହୀ
(iv) ତାପର କୁପରିବାହୀ
Answer:
(i) ପାରଦ, (ii) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, (iii) ରୁପା, ଲୁହା, (iv) ଲେଡ଼

Question 2.
ନମନୀୟ ଓ ତନ୍ୟର ଅର୍ଥ ବୁଝାଅ ।
Answer:
ନମନୀୟ – ଧାତୁକୁ ଆଘାତ କରି ଚଦରରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବା ଗୁଣକୁ ନମନୀୟ ଗୁଣ କହନ୍ତି ।
ତନ୍ୟ – ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତାରରେ ରୂପାନ୍ତରଣ ହେବା ଗୁଣକୁ ତନ୍ୟ ଗୁଣ କହନ୍ତି ।

Question 3.
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌କୁ କାହିଁକି କିରୋସିନ୍ ତେଲରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହା ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ ଜଳିଯାଏ । ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ଓ ଜଳୀୟବାଷ୍ପ (ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ବାୟୁ) ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ । କିନ୍ତୁ କିରୋସିନ୍‌ରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖିଲେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

Question 4.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୁତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପାଇଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ଲେଖ ।
(i) ଆଇରନ୍ ସହିତ ବାମ୍ଫ
(ii) କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ ଏବଂ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ସହିତ ଜଳ ।
Answer:

Question 5.
ଚାରୋଟି ଧାତୁର ନମୁନା A, B, C ଏବଂ D ନିଆଯାଇଛି ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାତୁକୁ ପକାଯାଇଛି । ଫଳାଫଳକୁ ନିମ୍ନସାରଣୀରେ ଲେଖା ଧାତୁ |

ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସାରଣୀ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି A, B, C ଏବଂ D ଧାତୁ ବିଷୟରେ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ |
(i) କେଉଁ ଧାତୁଟି ସବୁଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଅଟେ ?
ଉ : B ଧାତୁଟି ସବୁଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଅଟେ

(ii) B ଧାତୁକୁ କପର (II) ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ସହ ମିଶାଇଲେ କ’ଣ ଦେଖୁବ ?
ଉ : B ଧାତୁ ଆଇରନ୍‌ଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଏକ ଆଇରନ୍ କପରଠାରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । ତେଣୁ B ଧାତୁ କର୍ପରଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । ତେଣୁ କପର ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣରୁ କପ୍‌କୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପିତ କରିବ । :
B + CuSO₄ → Cu + BSO₄

(iii) ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ଅଧଃକ୍ରମରେ A, B, C ଏବଂ D ଧାତୁକୁ ସଜାଇ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ : ଧାତୁ B > ଧାତୁ A > ଧାତୁ C > ଧାତୁ D

Question 6.
ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ ସହ ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ମିଶାଇଲେ କେଉଁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପାଇବ ? ଲୁହା ସହିତ ଲଘୁ H₂SO₄ ର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ ସହ ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ମିଶାଇଲେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବ
Fe(s) + H₂SO₄ (aq) → FeSO₄(aq) + H₂(g)

Question 7.
ଜିକ୍ ସହିତ ଆଇରନ୍ (II) ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍‌କୁ ମିଶାଇଲେ କ’ଣ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବ ? ଏହି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଟିକୁ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଆଇରନ୍‌ଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । ତେଣୁ ଜିଙ୍କ୍କୁ ଆଇରନ୍‌ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସହ ମିଶାଇଲେ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଆଇରନକୁ
Zn(s) + FeSO₄(aq) → ZnSO₄(aq) + Fe

Question 8.
(i) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌, ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଏବଂ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍‌ର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ସଂରଚନା ଲେଖ । (ଏହାକୁ ବିନ୍ଦୁଦ୍ଵାରା ଚିହ୍ନିତ କର)
ଉ :

(ii) ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ସ୍ଥାନାନ୍ତରଦ୍ୱାରା (Na₂O) ଏବଂ (MgO)ର ଗଠନ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
ଉ :

(iii) ଏହି ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ କେଉଁ ଆୟନସବୁ ରହିଅଛି ?
ଉ : Na₂O ରେ Na⁺ ଓ O^2- ଏବଂ MgO ରେ Mg²⁺ ଓ O^2- ଏନାୟନ୍ ସବୁ ରହିଅଛି ।

Question 9.
ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକର କାହିଁକି ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକର ପରମାଣୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପରସ୍ପର ସହିତ ଦ୍ରୁତ ରାସାୟନିକ ବନ୍ଧଦ୍ୱାରା ବାନ୍ଧିହୋଇ ରହିଥାନ୍ତି । ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକର ଶକ୍ତ ଅନ୍ତଃ ଆୟନୀୟ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରଚୁର ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ତେଣୁ ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଉଚ୍ଚ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

Question 10.
ନିମ୍ନଲିଖୂତ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବୁଝାଇ ଲେଖ ।
(i) ଖଣିଜ
(ii) ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ
(iii) ଗାର୍ଲ୍
Answer:
(i) ଖଣିଜ – ପ୍ରକୃତିରେ ଭୂତ୍ବକ୍‌ରୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା ମୌଳିକ ବା ଯୌଗିକକୁ ଖଣିଜ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(ii) ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ – ଯେଉଁ ଖଣିଜରୁ ଧାତୁକୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରିବା ଲାଭଜନକ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେହି ଖଣିଜକୁ ଓର୍ ବା ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
(iii) ଗାଙ୍ଗ୍ – ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡରେ ମିଶିରହିଥ‌ିବା ମାଟି, ବାଲି ଆଦି ଅପଦ୍ରବକୁ ଗାଙ୍ଗୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

Question 11.
ମୁକ୍ତ ଭାବରେ ପ୍ରକୃତିରୁ ମିଳୁଥ‌ିବା ଦୁଇଟି ଧାତୁର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:
ସୁନା, ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍

Question 12.
କେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରୁ ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ବିଜାରଣ ପଦ୍ଧତି ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରୁ ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରାଯାଏ ।

Question 13.
ଜିଙ୍କ୍, ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଏବଂ ତମ୍ବାର ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନିମ୍ନଧାତୁ ସହ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରାଗଲା । ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍

କେଉଁ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଅପସାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହେବାର ଦେଖିପାରିବ ?
Answer:

Question 14.
କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ସହଜରେ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ?
Answer:
ସୁନା, ରୁପା ଓ ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍

Question 15.
ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ?
Answer:
ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ କିମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ଓ ଧାତୁ କିମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ଓ ଉପଧାତୁର ମିଶ୍ରଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ (Activity):

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -1 (Activity-1)
(a) ଧାତବ ଦୀପ୍ତି ବା ଧାତବ ଉଜ୍ଜଳତା :
ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଚକ୍ ଚକ୍ କରୁଥବାରୁ, ଏହି ଗୁଣକୁ ଧାତବ ଦୀପ୍ତି କୁହାଯାଏ

ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପଦ୍ଧତି:
ବାଲିକାଗଜ ଦ୍ବାରା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନମୁନା ଧାତୁକୁ ଭଲଭାବରେ ଘଷ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଘଷାଯାଇଥିବା ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵ ଓ ଘଷା ଯାଇନଥ‌ିବା ଅଂଶକୁ ଦେଖୁଲେ ଜଣାଯାଏ ଯେ ଘଷାଯାଇଥିବା ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱ

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଧାତୁର ପୃଷ୍ଠ ଚକ୍ ଚକ୍ କରେ । ଧାତୁର ଏହି ଧର୍ମକୁ ଧାତବ ଦୀପ୍ତି ବା ଧାତବ ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳତା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -2 (Activity-2)
(b) ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୃଢ଼ ବା ଶକ୍ତ:

ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଲୁହା, ତମ୍ବା, ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଏବଂ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମର ଛୋଟ ଖଣ୍ଡ ନିଅ । ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଖଣ୍ଡ ଚାପି ଶୁଖାଅ ଓ ୱାସ ଉପରେ ରଖ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପଦ୍ଧତି:
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ଧାରୁଆ ଛୁରିରେ କାଟିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟାକର ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଲୁହା, ତମ୍ବା, ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ସହଜରେ ଛୁରୀଦ୍ଵାରା କାଟି ହେଉନାହିଁ; କିନ୍ତୁ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଧାତୁ ସହଜରେ

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଧାତୁ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୃଢ଼ ବା ଶକ୍ତ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ପରି ଧାତୁର ଦୃଢ଼ତା ଅନ୍ୟଧାତୁଠାରୁ କମ୍ ( ନରମ ) ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -3 (Activity-3)
(c) ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦୃଢ଼ ବା ଶକ୍ତ:
ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ଉପକରଣ:
ଲୁହା, ଜିଙ୍କ୍, ଲେଡ୍ ଏବଂ ତମ୍ବାର ଧାତୁ ଖଣ୍ଡ ମାନ ନିଅ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପଦ୍ଧତି:
ଏକ ଲୁହା ଖଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ ଯେ କୌଣସି ଧାତୁକୁ ରଖ୍ ହାତୁଡ଼ିରେ ଚାରିପାଞ୍ଚ ଥର ଆଘାତ କର । ଏହି ପରି ଅନ୍ୟ ଧାତୁ ଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ରଖ୍ ଆଘାତ କରି ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଧାତୁଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ଆଘାତକଲେ ତାହା ପତଳା ଚଦର ପରି ହୋଇଯାଉଛି ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରସାରଣଶୀଳ ବା ନମନୀୟ । ଧାତୁର ଏହି ଗୁଣକୁ ନମନୀୟତା କୁହାଯାଏ । ସୁନା ଓ ରୁପାର ନମନୀୟଗୁଣ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -4 (Activity-4)
(d) କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ|ଚ୍ଳ| (Ductility):

ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଲୁହା, ତମ୍ବା, ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ, ଲେଡ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଧାତୁ ନିଆଯାଉ । ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପଦ୍ଧତି: ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଗରମ କରି ଚିମୁଟାରେ ଟଣାଯାଉ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିମୁଟାରେ ଟାଣିଲେ ଧାତୁରୁ ତାର ମିଳୁଛି ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଧାତୁ ତାରରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବା ଗୁଣକୁ ତନ୍ୟତା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -5 (Activity-5)
(e) ଧାତୁ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତାପ ସୁପରି ବାହୀ ଓ ଭଚ୍ଚଗଳନାକ ଚିଣିଷ୍ଟ:

ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଟଣ୍ଡେ ତମ୍ବା ଜିମ୍ବା ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ତାର, କ୍ଲାମ୍ପ ଷ୍ଟାଣ୍ଡ, ସ୍ପିରିଟ୍ ଲ୍ୟାମ୍ପ କିମ୍ବା ମହମବତୀ, ମହମ, ପିନ୍ କଣ୍ଟା ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପଦ୍ଧତି:
ତମ୍ବା ତାରଖଣ୍ଡ ନେଇ ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ଲାମ୍ପ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଷ୍ଟାଣ୍ଡରେ ଧରି ରଖାଯାଉ । ମହମ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପିନ୍ କଣ୍ଟାକୁ ତାରର ମୁକ୍ତ ପ୍ରାନ୍ତରେ ଯୋଡ୍ ରଖାଯାଉ । ସ୍ପିରିଟ୍ ଲ୍ୟାମ୍ପ/ ମହମବତୀ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ତାରର ମଝି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଗରମ କରାଯାଉ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
କିଛି ସମୟପରେ ମହମ ତରଳିବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭକରିବ ଏବଂ ପିକଣ୍ଟାଟି ତଳକୁ ଖସି ପଡ଼ିବ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଧାତବ ତାର, ତରଳୁ ନାହିଁ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଧାତୁ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତାପ ସୁପରିବାହୀ ଏବଂ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ।

ରୁପା ଓ ତମ୍ବା ହେଉଛି ସବୁଠାରୁ ଉତ୍ତମ ତାପ ପରିବାହୀ । ଲେଡ୍ ଓ ପାରଦ ଅପେକ୍ଷାକୃତ କମ୍ ତାପ ପରିବାହୀ

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -6 (Activity-6)
(f) ଧାତୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ:
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ: ବ୍ୟାଟେରୀ, ସୁଇଚ୍, ନମୁନା ଧାତୁ, କ୍ଳିପ୍ , ରବର କିମ୍ବା PVC ଭଳି ପଦାର୍ଥ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଆବୃତ ପରିବାହୀ ତାର, ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ହୋଲଡର ସହ ବଲ୍‌ବ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପଦ୍ଧତି :
ଚିତ୍ରରେ ଦର୍ଶାଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଭଳି ଉପକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିପଥରେ ସଂଯୋଗ କରାଯାଉ । A ଓ B ଅଗ୍ରମଧ୍ଯରେ ପରୀକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ଥିବା ନମୁନା ଧାତୁଟିକୁ ସଂଯୋଗ କରାଯାଉ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ :
ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ବଲବଟି ଜଳୁଛି ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ :
ଧାତୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ ।

(g) ଧାତୁ ଧ୍ୱନି ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ:
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ: ନମୁନା ଧାତୁ କିମ୍ବା ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟ ଧାତବ ପିଟା ଘଣ୍ଟା କିମ୍ବା କଠିନ ପଦାର୍ଥ । ମନ୍ଦିରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଘଣ୍ଟ,

ପରୀକ୍ଷା:
ନମୁନା ଧାତୁଖଣ୍ଡ ନେଇ ଯେ କୌଣସି କଠିନ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଆଘାତ କରାଯାଉ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଧାତୁକୁ କଠିନ ବସ୍ତୁରେ ଆଘାତ କଲେ ଧ୍ଵନି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।

ଅଧାତୁ (Non-metals):
ଅଧାତୁ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତିନୋଟି (କଠିନ ତରଳ ଓ ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ) ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଦେଖାଯାନ୍ତି । କଠିନ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମିଳୁଥ‌ିବା ଅଧାତୁ – କାର୍ବନ, ସଲଫର୍‌, ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି । ତରଳ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମିଳୁଥିବା ଅଧାତୁ – ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମିଳୁଥ‌ିବା ଅଧାତୁ – ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍, ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍, କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍, ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍, ଫ୍ଲୋରିନ୍,  ହିଲିୟମ, ନିୟନ ଓ ଆର୍ଗନ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -7 (Activity-7)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
କାର୍ବନ, ସଲ୍‌ଫର ଓ ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍‌ର କିଛି ନମୁନା ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଉ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଏହି ଅଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନେଇ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ-1ରୁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ-7 ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସମସ୍ତ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରି ନିମ୍ନ ସାରଣୀରେ ଲିପିବଦ୍ଧ କରାଯାଉ ।

ଅଧାତୁ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ ସାରଣୀ

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ :
ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁକୁ କେବଳ ଭୌତିକ ଧର୍ମ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ କାରଣ ଏଥରେ ଅନେକ

• ସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଧାତୁ କଠିନ; କିନ୍ତୁ ପାରଦ ତରଳ ।
• ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ କିନ୍ତୁ ଗାଲିୟମ୍ ଏବଂ ସୀସିୟମ୍ ଅତି ନିମ୍ନ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ।
• ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍ ଏକ ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାର ଧାତବ ଔଜଲ୍ୟ ଅଛି ।
• ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ କଠିନ ଅଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନରମ; କିନ୍ତୁ କାର୍ବନର ଏକ ରୂପ ହୀରା ଯାହାକି ଗୋଟିଏ କଠିନତମ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅପରରୂପ (allotrope) ।
• ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ କଠିନ; କିନ୍ତୁ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଧାତୁ (Alkali metals) ( ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌, ଲିଥ୍ୟମ, ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି) ନରମ ଯାହାକୁ ଛୁରୀରେ କଟାଯାଇପାରିବ।
• ଅଧାତୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ କୁପରିବାହୀ; କିନ୍ତୁ କାର୍ବନର ଏକ ଅପର ରୂପ ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -8 (Activity-8)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ସଲଫର ପାଉଡ଼ର, ଜଳ, ଲିଟ୍‌ସ୍ କାଗଜ, ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ସଲଫର ପାଉଡ଼ରକୁ ଜାଳି ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଧୂଆଁକୁ ଏକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଉ । ଏହି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କିଛି ଜଳ ମିଶାଇ ଜୋରରେ ହଲାଇଦିଅ । ଏହି ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ନୀଳ ଓ ନାଲି ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରାଯାଉ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
ଦ୍ରବଣ ନୀଳ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜକୁ ନାଲି କରିବ । କିନ୍ତୁ ନାଲି ଲିଟ୍‌ସ୍ କାଗଜର ରଙ୍ଗରେ କୌଣସି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେବ ନାହିଁ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଅମ୍ଳ ନୀଳ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜକୁ ଲାଲ୍ କରିଥାଏ । ଏଠାରେ SO₂ ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଅଟେ । ଅଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ।
ସମୀକରଣ S + 0₂ → SO₂
SO₂ + H₂O → H₂SO₃ (AM&NA UF)

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -9 (Activity-9)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍, ତମ୍ବା, ଲୁହା, ଲେଡ୍, ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ, ଜିଙ୍କ୍, ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, ସୁନା ଓ ରୁପା ଧାତୁର ନମୁନା ସଂଗ୍ରହ କର ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ ଧାତୁର ନମୁନା ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିମୁଟାରେ ଧରି ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳାଯାଉ । ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥ‌ିବା ଉତ୍ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରାଯାଉ । ଧାତୁର ପୃଷ୍ଠ ଏବଂ ଉତ୍ପାଦକ ଥଣ୍ଡା ହେବାକୁ ଦିଅ । ଉତ୍ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିବାକୁ ରେଷ୍ଠ| ଇର|ତ୍ପ|ଉ |

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:

• ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ ଧାତୁ ସହଜରେ ଜଳିଲା ଏବଂ ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଆଲୋକ ଶିଖା ଦେଖାଗଲା ।
• ଧାତୁର ପୃଷ୍ଠଟି ରୂପେଲୀ ଧଳା ରଙ୍ଗର ଦେଖାଗଲା ।
• ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ସହଜରେ ଜଳିଲା ଏବଂ ସୁନେଲୀ ହଳଦିଆ ରଙ୍ଗର ଶିଖା ଦେଖାଗଲା ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:

• ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ହ୍ରାସ ଅନୁସାରେ
  Na > Mg > Al > Zn > Fe > Pb > Cu
• ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ।
• ଆଲୁମିନିୟମ, କପର, ଲୌହ, ଲେଡ୍, ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍, ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଆଦି ଧାତୁର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳରେ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ।
• ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧାତୁ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରୟାକରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।
  ଧାତୁ + ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ → ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

ଉଦାହରଣ:
(i) କପର ବାୟୁର ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ ହେଲେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ସହ ମିଶି କଳାରଙ୍ଗର କପର

(ii) ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ସହ ମିଶି ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

ଉଭୟଧର୍ମୀ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ବା ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ :
ଯେଉଁ ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉଭୟ ଅମ୍ଳସହ ଓ କ୍ଷାରସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ତାହାକୁ ଉଭୟଧର୍ମୀ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ ବା ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (amphoteric oxide) କହନ୍ତି ।
Al₂O₃ + 6HCI → 2ACl₃ + 3H₂O
Al₂O₃ + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO₃ + H₂O
(ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ଏଲୁମିନେଟ୍)
ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳରେ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ; କିନ୍ତୁ କିଛି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୋଇ କ୍ଷାର (Alkali) ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି । ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଏବଂ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୋଇ କ୍ଷାର ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି ।
Na₂O(s) + H₂O(l) → 2NaOH(aq)
K₂O(s) + H₂O(l) → 2KOH(aq)

(iii) ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଓ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ପରି ଧାତୁକୁ ବାହାରେ ରଖୁଦେଲେ ଜୋର୍‌ରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗିଯାଏ ।

(iv) ଲୁହାକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତକଲେ ଜଳେ ନାହିଁ କିନ୍ତୁ ଲୁହାର ଗୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅଗ୍ନିଶିଖାରେ ଛିଞ୍ଚିଦେଲେ ଖୁବ୍‌ଶୀଘ୍ର ଜଳିଯାଏ ।

ରୁପା ଓ ସୁନା ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ସହ ଏପରିକି ଉଚ୍ଚ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:

• ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ସହ ସମାନ ବେଗରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।
• ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଧାତୁ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରନ୍ତି ।
• ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଓ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ସବୁଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ ।
• ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କମ୍ ।
• ଜିଙ୍କ, ଲୁହା, ତମ୍ବା ଏବଂ ଲେଡ୍‌କୁ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଜଳାଇଲେ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା କ୍ରମ ବିଷୟରେ କୌଣସି ସୂଚନା ମିଳେ ନାହିଁ ।
• ସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍, ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍, ଜିଙ୍କ୍, ଲେଡ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପୃଷ୍ଠତଳରେ ଏକ ପତଳା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଆବରଣ ରହିଥାଏ । ସଂରକ୍ଷୀ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ସ୍ତର ଧାତୁକୁ ଅଧିକ ଜାରଣରୁ ରକ୍ଷାକରେ ।
• ତମ୍ବା ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳେ ନାହିଁ । ମାତ୍ର ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ ଧାତୁ କପର (II) ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଏକ କଳା ଆବରଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ଆଚ୍ଛାଦିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ମନେତଟ:
ଏନୋଡ଼ାଇଜିଂ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌ରେ ଏକ ମୋଟା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦେବାର ଏକ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ । ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ବାୟୁରେ ରହିଲେ ଏକ ପତଳା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ଼ର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ । ଏହି ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ପ୍ରଲେପ ଅଧ‌ିକ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ହେବାକୁ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରେ ।
ଏନୋଡ଼ାଇଜିଂ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ପରିଷ୍କାର ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌କୁ ଏନୋଡ଼ରେ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ କରି ଲଘୁ ସଫ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳରେ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ କରାଯାଏ । ଏନୋଡ଼ରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଏହା ଉପରେ ଏକ ମୋଟା ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ ଜାରଣ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

(b) ଧାତୁର ଜଳ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା | (Reaction of Metals with Water):

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -10 (Activity-10)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍, ତମ୍ବା, ଲୁହା, ଲେଡ୍ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍, ଜିଙ୍କ୍, ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ, ସୁନା, ରୁପା ଧାତୁର ନମୁନା, ବିକର ଓ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ସଂଗୃହୀତ ନମୁନାର ଛୋଟ ଖଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅଲଗା ଅଲଗା ବିକର୍‌ରେ ଅଧା ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଥଣ୍ଡାଜଳ ପୂରାଇ ରଖ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:

• ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ, ପୋଟାସିୟମ ଏବଂ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ ଜଳ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ବର୍ଦ୍ଧିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ଅନୁଯାୟୀ
  କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ < ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ < ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍
• ହଁ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ ଧାତୁ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ନିଆଁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କଲା ।
• କିଛି ସମୟ ପରେ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଭାସିବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲା ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ଯେଉଁ ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଯେଉଁ ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଥଣ୍ଡା କିମ୍ବା ଜଳରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲାନାହିଁ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଧା ବିକର ଗରମ ପାଣିରେ ପକାଅ । ଗରମ ପାଣିରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲାନାହିଁ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବାମ୍ଫ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ । ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଓ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଥଣ୍ଡାଜଳରେ କମ୍ ମାତ୍ରାରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି କିନ୍ତୁ ଫୁଟନ୍ତା ପାଣିରେ ତୀବ୍ର ବେଗରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ।
Mg + H₂O → MgO + H₂
Zn + H₂O → ZnO + H₂

ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଲୌହ, ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ବାମ୍ଫସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ।
ଲେଡ୍, କପର, ସୁନା ଓ ରୁପା ଆଦି ଧାତୁ ଜଳସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ > ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ > କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ > ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ > ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ > ଲୌହ > ସୀସା > ତମ୍ବା > ରୁପା > ପାରଦ > ସୁନା ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ :
(i) ଧାତୁ + ଜଳ → ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ + ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ

(ii) ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ + ଜଳ → ଧାତବ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

(iii) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଭଳି ଧାତୁ ଥଣ୍ଡାଜଳ ସହ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ।
2K(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2KOH(aq) + H₂(g) + ତାପଶକ୍ତି
(iv) 2Na(s) + 2H₂O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H₂(g) + ତାପଶକ୍ତି
କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଜଳସହ କମ୍ ତୀବ୍ରତାରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ।
Ca(s) + 2H₂O(l) → Ca(OH)₂(aq) + H₂(g)

(v) କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ ଜଳରେ ଭାସେ କାରଣ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଫୋଟକାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଧାତୁର ଉପର ଭାଗରେ ଲାଖ୍ ରହିଯାଏ ।

(vi) ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଗରମ ପାଣି ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ । ଏହାର ପୃଷ୍ଠଭାଗରେ ଲାଗିଥିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଫୋଟକା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଏହା ଭାସିବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରେ ।

(vii) ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍, ଲୌହ, ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ପରି ଧାତୁ ବାମ୍ଫସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ।
2Al(s) + 3H₂O(g) → Al₂O₃(s) + 3H₂(g)
3Fe(s) + 4H₂O(g) → Fe₃O₄(s) + 4H₂(g)
ଲେଡ୍, ତମ୍ବା, ରୁପା, ସୁନା ଆଦୌ ଜଳସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -11 (Activity-11)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଅନ୍ୟ ଧାତୁର ନମୁନା ସଂଗ୍ରହକର । ନମୁନା ମଳିନ ପଡ଼ିଥିଲେ ବାଲି କାଗଜରେ ଘଷି ସଫାକର ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷା:

• ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଥ‌ିବା ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ନମୁନାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅଲଗା ଅଲଗା ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କର ।
• ଥର୍ମୋମିଟରକୁ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ରଖି । ଏହାର ବଲ୍‌ବ ଏସିଡ୍ ଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ିରହୁ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
କେତେକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରୁ ଫୋଟକା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବେଗରେ ବାହାରୁଛି ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ :
(i) ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ତୀବ୍ରଭାବରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରୁଛି ଏବଂ ସବୁଠାରୁ ଦ୍ରୁତବେଗରେ ଫୋଟକା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଛି ।

(ii) ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଥ‌ିବା ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀର ତାପମାତ୍ରା ଅଧ‌ିକ ।

(iii) Mg > Al > Zn > Fe (କ୍ରମରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା କମିଥାଏ)

(iv) ତମ୍ବା, ରୁପା, ସୁନା, ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।

(v)

କୌଣସି ଧାତୁ HNO₃ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ କାରଣ HNO₃ ସବଳ ଜାରକ ।
ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନକୁ ଜାରଣ କରି ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ଏବଂ ନିଜେ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇ ଯେକୌଣସି ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ (N₂O, NO, NO₂,) ହୁଏ ।
କିନ୍ତୁ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ (Mg) ଓ ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ (Mn) ଲଘୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ ଏସିଡ଼୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି H₂ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ

ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ :
ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ(Aquaregia) ହେଉଛି ସଦ୍ୟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଗାଢ଼ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏବଂ ଗାଢ଼ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ ଏସିଡ୍ 3 : 1 ଅନୁପାତର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଣ । ଏହି ଦୁଇ ଅମ୍ଳମଧ୍ୟରୁ କୌଣସିଟି ସୁନାକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହାର ମିଶ୍ରଣ ସୁନାକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରେ । ଆକ୍ସାରେଜିଆ (ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ) ଏକ ଭଲ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ, ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିବାର କ୍ଷମତା ରହିଛି ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -12 (Activity-12)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ:
ଖଣ୍ଡିଏ ସଫା ତମ୍ବାତାର, ଲୁହା କଣ୍ଟା, ଆଇରନ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ, କପର ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ ଦ୍ରବଣ । ଆଇରନ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ନେଇ ସେଥୁରେ ତମ୍ବାତାରଟିକୁ

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:
ଗୋଟିଏ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଆଇରନ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ନେଇ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ତମ୍ବାତାରଟିକୁ ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କପଟ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ନେଇ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟା ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କର ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:
20 ମିନିଟ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପରୀକ୍ଷଣଟିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
(i) ଯେଉଁ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କପର ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟାଟିକୁ ଭର୍ତି କରାଯାଇଥିଲା, ସେହି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ନିମ୍ନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରାଗଲା

(ii) ନୀଳରଙ୍ଗର CuSO₄ ଦ୍ରବଣ କ୍ରମଶଃ ସବୁଜ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ପରିଣତ ହୋଇ ମାଟିଆଲାଲ୍ କପର ବାହାରିବ । ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ନାମ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରତିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ।

(iii) ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ନାମ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରତିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁକୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ଯୌଗିକରୁ କିମ୍ବା ତରଳ ଅବସ୍ଥାରୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରେ । ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବେ କୁହାଯାଇପାରିବ ଯେ ଯଦି ଧାତୁ A, ଧାତୁ Bକୁ ଏହାର ଦ୍ରବଣରୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରେ ତେବେ Bଠାରୁ A ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ହେବ ।
ଧାତୁ A + Bର ଲବଣ ଦ୍ରବଣ → Aର ଲବଣ ଦ୍ରବଣ + ଧାତୁ B B ଠାରୁ A ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।

ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମ (The Reactivity Series):
ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମ ହେଉଛି କେତେକ ଧାତୁର ସକ୍ରିୟତାର ଅଧଃକ୍ରମ ସଜ୍ଜାର ସାରଣୀ ।
ସକ୍ରିୟତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମ : ଧାତୁର ଆପେକ୍ଷିକ ଓ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -13 (Activity-13)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ :
ବିଜ୍ଞାନାଗାରରେ ଯେକୌଣସି ଲବଣର ନମୁନା ; ଯଥା – ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍, ପୋଟାସିୟମ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍, ବ୍ରେରିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ସଂଗ୍ରହ କର ।

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:

• ଏହିସବୁ ଲବଣର ଭୌତିକ ସ୍ଥିତି ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର ।
• ଧାତବ ଚେପ୍‌ଟା ଚାମଚରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାତୁର କିଛି ନମୁନା ନେଇ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଗରମ କର । ସେହିପରି ଅନ୍ୟ ନମୁନାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ନେଇ ଅନୁରୂପ ଭାବେ ଗରମ କର ।
• ନମୁନାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଜଳ, ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ଏବଂ କିରୋସିନ୍‌ରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଚେଷ୍ଟାକର ।
• ଚିତ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେଲାପରି ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିପଥ ତିଆରି କରି ଲବଣର ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋଡ୍ ଦଣ୍ଡକୁ ବୁଡ଼ାଅ ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:

• ନମୁନାଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଭୌତିକ ସ୍ଥିତି ହେଉଛି କଠିନ । ଏହି ନମୁନାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶିଖାର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବଦଳାଇଲା । ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତରଳିଲା ନାହିଁ ।
• ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ କିନ୍ତୁ ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ଏବଂ କିରାସିନ୍‌ରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି ।
• ଆୟନିକ, ଯୌଗିକ କଠିନ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ; କିନ୍ତୁ ଲବଣ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:

ଆୟନିକ୍ ଯୌଗିକର ଧର୍ମ;

• ୟନିକ୍ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ କଠିନ : ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଏବଂ ବିଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଦୃଢ଼ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ବଳ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ କଠିନ ଏବଂ କିଛି ପରିମାଣରେ ଶକ୍ତ । ଏହି ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଭଙ୍ଗୁର ଏବଂ ଚାପ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ ଫଳରେ ଖଣ୍ଡ ଖଣ୍ଡ ହୋଇ ଭାଙ୍ଗିଯାଏ ।
• ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଓ ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ : ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଏବଂ ଉଚ୍ଚ ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ ଥାଏ । ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଶକ୍ତ ଆନ୍ତଃ ଆୟନୀୟ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା ପାଇଁ ବିପୁଳ ପରିମାଣର ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
• ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟତା : ଏହି ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ କିନ୍ତୁ କିରୋସିନ୍, ପେଟ୍ରୋଲ ଆଦି ଦ୍ରାବକରେ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ।
• ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରନ୍ତି : କଠିନ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ ନାହିଁ । କିନ୍ତୁ ତରଳ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଆୟନ ମୁକ୍ତ ହେବାରୁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରିପାରେ ।

କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ -14 (Activity-14)
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଉପକରଣ : ତିନୋଟି ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକଟିରେ ପରିଷ୍କୃତ ଲୁହା କଣ୍ଟା, କର୍କ, ପାତିତ ଜଳ, ନିର୍ଜଳୀୟ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ , ତେଲ

ପରୀକ୍ଷଣ:

• ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀ ତିନୋଟିର ନାମକରଣ A, B ଓ C ଦିଅ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଲୁହା କଣ୍ଟା ରଖ । À ନଳୀରେ କିଛି ଜଳ ଢାଳି କର୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ବନ୍ଦ କର।
• B ନଳୀରେ ଫୁଟାହୋଇଥିବା ପାତିତ ଜଳ ଢାଳ । ପ୍ରାୟ 1 ମିଲିଲି ତେଲ ମିଶାଇ କର୍କ ଦ୍ଵାରା ବନ୍ଦ କର । ତେଲ ଜଳରେ ଭାସିବ ଏବଂ ବାୟୁ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରାଇ ଦେବ ନାହିଁ ।
• C ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କିଛି ନିର୍ଜଳୀୟ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ ନେଇ ନଳୀରେ | ରଖ ଓ କର୍କଦ୍ଵାରା ବନ୍ଦକର । ପରୀକ୍ଷା ନଳୀକୁ କିଛିଦିନ ରଖିଦିଅ । ।

ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବେକ୍ଷଣ:

• A ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟାରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିଛି ।
• B ଓ C ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ ଥିବା ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟାଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିନାହିଁ ।
• À ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କଣ୍ଟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଭୟ ଜଳ ଓ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶ ଆସିବା ଫଳରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିଲା ।
• B ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀରେ କଣ୍ଟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେବଳ ଜଳ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲା । C ପରୀକ୍ଷାନଳୀର କଣ୍ଟାଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେବଳ ଶୁଷ୍କବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲା ।

ସିଦ୍ଧାନ୍ତ:
ଉଭୟ ବାୟୁ ଓ ଜଳ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ ଲୌହ ବସ୍ତୁରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ ।

ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣର ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ (Prevention of Corrosion):
ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣର ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ ପାଇଁ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଉପାୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

• ତୈଳଦ୍ଵାରା: ଧାତୁ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଉପରେ ତୈଳ ଜାତୀୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଲେପନ କଲେ ଧାତୁ ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ବାୟୁର ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସେନାହିଁ । ଫଳରେ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ।
• ଗ୍ରୀଜଦ୍ଵାରା: ଶ୍ରୀଜଲେପ ଦେଲେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ ନାହିଁ ।
• ରଙ୍ଗ ଲେପନଦ୍ଵାରା କ୍ଷୟରୋଧ କରାଯାଏ ।
• ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଲେପନ (ଗାନାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍) – ଜିଙ୍କର ଏକ ପତଳା ସ୍ତରର ଆଚ୍ଛାଦନ ଦ୍ବାରା ଷ୍ଟିଲ ଓ ଲୁହାକୁ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିବାରେ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ । ଜିଙ୍କ ଆବରଣ ନଷ୍ଟ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଜିଙ୍କ ଲେପିତ ଜିନିଷ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିବାରୁ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ରହିଥାଏ ।
• ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋସ୍ଟେଟିଂ ଦ୍ଵାରା : ଲୁହାରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟାଦିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଶକ୍ତି ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଅନ୍ୟଧାତୁର ପ୍ରଲେପଦ୍ବାରା କ୍ଷୟରୋଧ କରାଯାଏ ।
• ଟିନିଂ ଦ୍ଵାରା: ବଜାରରେ ମିଳୁଥିବା ଟିଣ ଡବା ଲୁହାରେ ତିଆରି । ଏହି ଲୁହାଡ଼ବା ଉପରେ ଟିଣର ଲେପ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ତେଣୁ ସେହିଡବାରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।
• କେତକ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁରେ ଆଦୌ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେନାହିଁ । ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଲୁହା ନରମ ଅଟେ । ମାତ୍ର ଅଳ୍ପ ପରିମାଣର କାର୍ବନ (0.05%) ସହ ମିଶାଇଲେ ତାହା ଶକ୍ତ ଓ କଠିନ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।

ଲୁହାରେ ନିକେଲ୍‌ ଓ କ୍ରୋମିୟମ୍ ମିଶିଲେ ଷ୍ଟେନ୍‌ଲେସ୍‌ ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍‌ ମିଳେ ଯାହାକି ଶକ୍ତ ହୁଏ ଓ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେନାହିଁ ।

ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ (Alloy) – ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧ୍ଵ ଧାତୁର କିମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ଓ ଉପଧାତୁ କିମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁର ମିଶ୍ରଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ କହନ୍ତି । ଏହା ସମଜାତୀୟ ଅଟେ ।

ପାରଦର ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁକୁ ଅମାଲ୍‌ଗାମ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ । ପିତ୍ତଳ ହେଉଛି ତମ୍ବା ଏବଂ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ (Cu ଓ Zn) ର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ର ଧାତୁ ।
ବ୍ରୋଞ୍ଜ୍ ହେଉଛି ତମ୍ବା ଏବଂ ଟିଣ (Cu ଓ Sn) ର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ।
ସୋଲ୍ଡର ହେଉଛି ସୀସା ଓ ଟିଣ (Pb ଓ Sn) ର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ।

ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ସୁନା 24 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ନାମରେ ଜଣାଶୁଣା । ତାହା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନରମ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ସେଥିରେ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ତିଆରି ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ । ଏହାକୁ ଶକ୍ତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏଥିରେ ରୁପା କିମ୍ବା ତମ୍ବା ମିଶାଯାଏ । ସାଧାରଣତଃ 22 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍‌ ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ତିଆରି ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍‌ 22 ଭାଗ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ସୁନା ସହ 2 ଭାଗ ତମ୍ବା କିମ୍ବା ରୁପା ମିଶାଯାଇ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ । 1600 ବର୍ଷ ପୂର୍ବେ ଦିଲ୍ଲୀର କୁତୁବ୍‌ମିନାର ଠାରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ହୋଇଥିବା ଲୌହସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଉଚ୍ଚତା 8 ମିଟର ଏବଂ ଓଜନ 6 ଟନ୍ । ଏହି ଲୌହସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ଏପରି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ଯେ ଏହା ଏବେବି କଳଙ୍କହୀନ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ରହିଛି ।

Odisha State Board Elements of Mathematics Class 12 Solutions CHSE Odisha Chapter 9 Integration Ex 9(e) Textbook Exercise questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Solutions Chapter 9 Integration Exercise 9(e)

Evaluate the following:
Question 1.
(i) ∫(1 + x) e^x dx
Solution:
∫(1 + x) e^x dx
[Choolse 1 + x as first and ex as second function
= (1 + x) e^x – ∫1 . e^x dx
= ( 1 + x) e^x – e^x + C = xe^x + C

(ii) ∫x³ e^x dx
Solution:
∫x³ e^x dx = x³ e^x – ∫3x² e^x dx
= x³ e^x – 3{x² e^x – ∫2x e^x dx}
= x³ e^x – 3x² e^x + 6 ∫x e^x dx
= x³ e^x – 3x² e^x +6 {x . e^x – ∫1 . e^x dx}
= x³ e^x – 3x² e^x + 6x e^x – 6e^x + C

(iii) ∫x² e^ax dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫(3x + 2)² e^2x dx
Solution:

Question 2.
(i) ∫x sin x dx
Solution:
∫x sin x dx
[x = first function
sin x = 2nd function]
= x (-cosx) – ∫\(\frac{d}{d x}\)(x) . (-cos x) dx
= -x cos x + ∫cos x dx
= -x cos x + sin x + C

(ii) ∫x² cos x dx
Solution:
∫x² cos x dx
[x² = 1st
cos x = 2nd]
= x² . sin x – ∫\(\frac{d}{d x}\)(x²) sin x dx
= x² sin x – ∫2x . sin x dx
[x = 1st
sin x = 2nd]
= x² sin x – 2 {x . (-cos x) – ∫1 . (-cos x) dx}
= x² sin x + 2x cos x – 2∫cos x dx
= x² sin x + 2x cos x – 2 sin x + C

(iii) ∫x² sin ax dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫x cos² x dx
Solution:

(v) ∫x sin³ x dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫2x sin 2x cos x dx
Solution:

(vii) ∫2x cos 3x cos 2x dx
Solution:

(viii)∫2x³ cos x² dx
Solution:
∫2x³ cos x² dx
[Put x² =t
Then 2x dx = dt]
= ∫x² . cos x² . 2x dx
= ∫t . cos t dt
= t . sin t – ∫1 . sin t dt
= t sin t + cos t + C
= x² sin x² + cos x² + C

(ix) ∫x cosec² x dx
Solution:
∫x cosec² x dx
[x = 1st
cosec² x = 2nd]
= x ∫cosec² x dx – ∫[\(\frac{d}{d x}\)(x) × ∫cosec² x dx] dx
= -x cot x + ∫cot x dx
= -x cot x + ln |sin x| + C

(x) ∫x tan² x dx
Solution:
∫x tan² x dx = ∫x (sec² x – 1) dx
= ∫x sec² x dx – ∫x dx
= x tan x – ∫1 . tan x dx – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x²
[x = 1st
sec² x = 2nd]
= x tan x + ln |cos x| – \(\frac{x^2}{2}\) + C

Question 3.
(i) ∫x ln (1 + x) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫x⁷ ln x dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫(ln x)³ dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫ln(x² + 1) dx
Solution:
∫ln (x² + 1) dx
= ∫ln (x² + 1) . 1 dx
[Put ln (x² + 1 ) as first function and 1 as the second function.]

(v) ∫\(\frac{\ln x}{x^5}\) dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫ln (x² + x + 2) dx
Solution:

(vii) ∫ln (x + \(\sqrt{x^2+a^2}\)) dx
Solution:

(viii) ∫ln (x + \(\sqrt{x^2-a^2}\)) dx
Solution:

Question 4.
(i) ∫sin^-1 x dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫x sin^-1 dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫cos^-1 x dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫x tan^-1 dx
Solution:

(v) ∫x² tan^-1 x dx
Solution:

(vi) ∫sec^-1 x dx
Solution:

(vii) ∫x cosec^-1 x dx
Solution:

Question 5.
(i) ∫e^3x cos 2x dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫e^x sin x dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫e^x cos² x dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫x \(e^{x^2}\) sin x² dx
Solution:

(v) ∫e^ax sin (bx + c) dx
Solution:
Let I = ∫e^ax sin (bx + c) dx
Integrating by parts we get

(vi) ∫(2x² + 1)\(e^{x^2}\) dx
Solution:
I = ∫(2x² + 1)\(e^{x^2}\) dx
= ∫2x² \(e^{x^2}\) dx + ∫\(e^{x^2}\) . 1 dx
= ∫2x² \(e^{x^2}\) dx + x² \(e^{x^2}\) ∫2x\(e^{x^2}\) .x dx
= x\(e^{x^2}\) + C

Question 6.
(i) ∫\(\sqrt{9-x^2}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\sqrt{5-4 x^2}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\sqrt{1-x^2-2 x}\) dx
Solution:

(iv) ∫e^z \(\sqrt{4-e^{2 z}}\) dz
Solution:

(v) ∫cos θ \(\sqrt{5-\sin ^2 \theta}\) dθ
Solution:

Question 7.
(i) ∫\(\sqrt{x^2+4}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\sqrt{7 x^2+2}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\sqrt{4 x^2+12 x+13}\) dx (2x + 3 = z)
Solution:

(iv) ∫e^2z \(\sqrt{e^{4 z}+6}\) dz
Solution:

(v) ∫sec² θ \(\sqrt{\sec ^2 \theta+3}\) dθ
Solution:

(vi) ∫(2x² +1) \(e^{x^2}\) dx
Solution:
Same as No. 5 (vi).

Question 8.
(i) ∫\(\sqrt{x^2-8}\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫\(\sqrt{3 x^2-2}\) dx
Solution:

(iii) ∫\(\sqrt{x^2-4 x+2}\) dx (x – 2 = z)
Solution:

(iv) ∫a^z \(\sqrt{a^{2 z}-4}\) dz
Solution:

(v) ∫sec θ tan θ \(\sqrt{\tan ^2 \theta-3}\) dθ
Solution:

Question 9.
(i)∫e^x (tan x + ln sec x) dx
Solution:
∫e^x (tan x + ln sec x) dx
= ∫e^x tan x dx + ∫e^x ln sec x dx
(Integrating by parts)
= ∫e^x tan x dx + e^x ln sec x – ∫e^x tan x dx
= e^x ln(sec x) + C

(ii) ∫e^x (cot x + ln sin x) dx
Solution:
∫e^x (cot x + ln sin x) dx
[Integrating by parts taking e^x as first function and cot x as second function.]
= ∫e^x ln sin x – ∫e^x ln sin x dx + ∫e^x ln sin x dx + C
= e^x ln sin x + C

(iii) ∫\(\frac{e^x}{x}\) (1 + x ln x) dx
Solution:
∫\(\frac{e^x}{x}\) (1 + x ln x) dx
= ∫\(\frac{e^x}{x}\) dx + ∫\(\frac{e^x}{x}\) e^x ln x dx + C
= e^x ln x + C

(iv) ∫\(\frac{x e^x}{(1+x)^2}\) dx
Solution:

Question 10.
(i) ∫\(\left[\frac{1}{\ln x}-\frac{1}{(\ln x)^2}\right]\) dx
Solution:

(ii) ∫sin (ln x) dx
Solution:
Let I = ∫sin (ln x) dx
[Integrating by parts taking sin (ln x) as first and 1 as second function.]

(iii) ∫sin x ln (cosec x – cot x) dx
Solution:
∫sin x ln (cosec x – cot x) dx
[Integrating by parts taking In (cosec x cot x) as first function and sin x as second function.]
= ln (cosec x – cot x) . – cos x – ∫\(\frac{1}{{cosec} x-\cot x}\)× – cosec x . cot x + cosec² x × – cos x dx
= -cos x . ln (cosec x – cot x) + ∫\(\frac{{cosec} x({cosec} x-\cot x)}{{cosec} x-\cot x}\) . cos x dx
= -cos x . ln (cosec x – cot x) + ∫cot x dx
= -cos x . ln (cosec x – cot x) + ln sin x + C